TREX CO INC
S-1/A, 1999-04-08
PLASTICS PRODUCTS, NEC
Previous: TELTRAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP LTD, SB-2, 1999-04-08
Next: OTI TRUST, N-1A/A, 1999-04-08



<PAGE>
 
     
  As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 8, 1999     
                                                     Registration No. 333-63287
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549
 
                               ----------------
                                
                             AMENDMENT NO. 5     
                                      TO
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                               ----------------
 
                              TREX COMPANY, INC.
            (exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
        Delaware                     3089                    54-1910453
     (State or other           (Primary Standard          (I.R.S. Employer
     jurisdictionof               Industrial           Identification Number)
    incorporation or          Classification Code
      organization)                 Number)

                            20 South Cameron Street
                             Winchester, VA 22601
                                (540) 678-4070
  (Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                              Anthony J. Cavanna
                         Executive Vice President and
                            Chief Financial Officer
                              Trex Company, Inc.
                            20 South Cameron Street
                             Winchester, VA 22601
                                (540) 678-4070
 (Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)

                                  Copies to:
<TABLE> 
<S>                          <C>                              <C>
Richard J. Parrino, Esq.         Brian Hoffmann, Esq.                Dov Schwell, Esq.
 Hogan & Hartson L.L.P.      Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft        McDermott, Will & Emery
  555 13th Street, N.W.             100 Maiden Lane           50 Rockefeller Plaza, 11th floor
Washington, DC 20004-1190         New York, NY 10038              New York, NY 10020-1605
     (202) 637-5600                 (212) 504-6000                    (212) 547-5400      
</TABLE> 
                                                                             
                               ----------------
 
       Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
 As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [_]

  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]

  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]

  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]

  If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]
 
                               ----------------
                        
                     CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================================
                                                                         Proposed
                                           Amount        Proposed        Maximum        Amount of
   Tile of Each Class oft                  to be     Maximum Offering   Aggregate     Registration
Securties to be Registeredi              Registered  Price Per Share  Offering Price       Fee
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>              <C>             <C>
Common Stock, $0.01 par value.........  4,718,450(1)    $10.00(2)      $47,184,500(2) $13,919.43(3)
===================================================================================================
</TABLE>    
   
(1) Includes 615,450 shares subject to an over-allotment option granted by the
    Company to the underwriters.     
   
(2) Reflects the actual offering price of $10.00 per share.     
   
(3) Previously paid. The Company has paid an aggregate registration fee of
    $16,959.06 in connection with the registration of 3,855,950 shares based
    on an assumed maximum offering price of $15.00 per share.     
       
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
       
                         
                             4,103,000 Shares     
 
                              Trex Company, Inc.
 
                                 Common Stock
   
  Of the 4,103,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Common Stock"), of Trex Company, Inc. (the "Company") being offered hereby
(the "Shares"), 4,000,000 Shares are being sold by the Company and 103,000
Shares are being sold by certain stockholders of the Company (the "Selling
Stockholders"). See "Principal and Selling Stockholders." The Company will not
receive any proceeds from the sale of Shares by the Selling Stockholders.     
   
  Prior to the offering of the Shares (the "Offering"), there has been no
public market for the Common Stock and there can be no assurance that any
active trading market will develop. See "Underwriting" for information
relating to the factors considered in determining the initial public offering
price.     
 
  The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange (the "NYSE") under the symbol "TWP" subject to notice of issuance.
 
  See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11 for a discussion of certain factors
which should be considered by prospective purchasers in connection with an
investment in the Shares.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE   SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
  SECURITIES AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY  STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION
   PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR   ADEQUACY  OF   THIS  PROSPECTUS.   ANY
         REPRESENTATION  TO  THE  CONTRARY  IS  A  CRIMINAL  OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
==================================================================================================
                                             Underwriting
                             Price to        Discounts and    Proceeds to the  Proceeds to Selling
                              Public        Commissions(1)      Company(2)       Stockholders(3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
Per Share..............       $10.00             $0.70             $9.30              $9.30
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total (4)..............     $41,030,000       $2,872,100        $37,200,000         $957,900
==================================================================================================
</TABLE>    
 
(1) The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
    Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). See
    "Underwriting."
   
(2) Before deducting expenses of the Offering estimated at $1,300,000.     
   
(3) The Selling Stockholders will pay a portion of the underwriting discounts
    and commissions applicable to the sale of their Shares, equal to an
    aggregate of $72,100.     
   
(4) The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option (the "Over-Allotment
    Option") exercisable for a 30-day period from the closing of the Offering
    to purchase up to an additional 615,450 shares of Common Stock on the same
    terms set forth above to cover over-allotments, if any. If the Over-
    Allotment Option is exercised in full, the total Price to Public will be
    $47,184,500, the total Underwriting Discounts and Commissions will be
    $3,302,915, the total Proceeds to the Company will be $42,923,685 and the
    total Proceeds to Selling Stockholders will be $957,900.     
 
                                ---------------
   
  The Shares are being offered by the several Underwriters named herein,
subject to prior sale and acceptance by the Underwriters and subject to their
right to reject any order in whole or in part. It is expected that the Shares
will be available for delivery on or about April 13, 1999 in New York, New
York.     
                                
                             J.C.Bradford&Co.     
                                 
                              April 8, 1999     
<PAGE>
 
 
[The graphics on the inside front cover page are displayed on a three-page
color fold-out and consist of the following: (i) on the first page, color
photographs of three different product installations identified by location,
accompanied by the registered product logo and text consisting of six bullet
points summarizing product characteristics; and (ii) on a gatefold consisting
of the second and third pages, color photographs of six different product
installations identified by location and superimposed on a color photograph of
a seventh product installation, accompanied by the registered product logo]
 
[Text accompanying graphics on the first page:]
 
  .  Splinter-free, wood-polymer(TM) decking lumber that requires no
     protective sealants.
 
  .  Manufactured primarily from recycled grocery bags, reclaimed stretch
     wrap, and hardwood waste.
 
  .  Resists moisture, insects, and UV rays.
 
  .  Will not rot, crack, split, warp, or splinter.
 
  .  Meets ADA standards for split resistant walking surfaces.
 
  .  The only wood-plastic lumber to be code listed by the nation's three
     major building code agencies: BOCA, ICBO, and SBCCI.
 
                               ----------------
 
 
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                                    SUMMARY
   
  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to, and
should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and the
Financial Statements and related Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus. Except as otherwise indicated, the information in this Prospectus
assumes (i) consummation of the Reorganization (as defined below) and (ii) no
exercise of the Over-Allotment Option. Unless otherwise indicated, references
in this Prospectus to the "Company" mean, at all times prior to the
consummation of the Reorganization, TREX Company, LLC or, prior to August 29,
1996, its predecessor, the Composite Products Division of Mobil Oil
Corporation, and, at all times thereafter, Trex Company, Inc. and its wholly-
owned subsidiary. The information on the decking market presented in this
Prospectus is for the U.S. market. Trex(R) is a registered trademark of the
Company.     
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
General
 
  The Company is the nation's largest manufacturer of non-wood decking
alternative products, which are marketed under the brand name Trex(R). Trex
Wood-Polymer(TM) lumber is a wood/plastic composite that offers an attractive
appearance and the workability of wood without wood's on-going maintenance
requirements and functional disadvantages. Trex is manufactured in a
proprietary process that combines waste wood fibers and reclaimed polyethylene
and is used primarily for residential and commercial decking. The Company
promotes Trex among consumers and contractors as a premium decking product. Net
sales of Trex increased from $0.6 million in 1992 to $46.8 million in 1998.
Income from operations increased from a loss of $5.6 million in 1992 to a
profit of $11.0 million in 1998.
 
  Annual factory sales of residential and commercial decking in 1997 totaled
approximately $1.7 billion and approximately $200 million, respectively. This
market includes all decking products other than posts, beams and columns used
for a deck's substructure. For the seven-year period ended December 31, 1997,
factory sales of all residential decking increased at a compound annual growth
rate of approximately 8%. In recent years, factory sales of non-wood
alternative decking products to the residential market have increased at a
compound annual growth rate of over 25%. Although wood decking accounted for
approximately 97% of 1997 decking sales (measured by board feet of lumber),
developing consumer awareness of non-wood decking alternatives, the trend to
low-maintenance products and the decline in lumber quality and quantity have
contributed to increased sales of wood/plastic composites used for decking.
Residential decking purchases include the installation of new or replacement
decks for existing homes, construction of decks for new homes and repair of
existing decks. The Company believes that, because residential deck
construction is not primarily tied to new home activity, residential decking
sales generally have not experienced the high level of cyclicality common to
businesses in the new home construction and building materials industries.
 
  The Company seeks to achieve sales growth in the decking market by converting
demand for wood decking products into demand for Trex. The Company intends to
continue to develop and promote the Trex brand name as a premium decking
product and to focus on the contractor-installed market segment. This segment
represents approximately 70% of the decking market (measured by board feet of
lumber) and contractors generally build larger, more elaborate residential
decks than decks built by homeowners in the "do-it-yourself" market segment.
The Company sells its products through approximately 55 wholesale distribution
locations, which in turn sell Trex to approximately 2,000 independent
contractor-oriented retailer lumber yards ("dealer outlets") across the United
States.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
 
  The Company was formed in August 1996 in a buyout (the "Acquisition") of the
assets of the Composite Products Division of Mobil Oil Corporation ("Mobil").
Mobil established the Composite Products Division in April 1992 after
purchasing the technology and related assets used to create Trex. The buyout
was led by four senior Mobil executives with over 75 years of combined
management experience.
 
Competitive Strengths
 
  The Company believes that its primary competitive strengths are the
following:
 
  Superior Product. Trex offers a number of significant advantages over wood
decking products. Trex eliminates many of wood's major functional
disadvantages, which include warping, splitting and other damage from moisture.
Trex requires no sealing to protect against moisture damage, provides a
splinter-free surface and needs no chemical treatment against insect
infestation. These features of Trex eliminate the on-going maintenance
requirements for a wood deck and make Trex less costly than wood over the life
of the deck. Like wood, Trex is slip-resistant, even when wet, can be painted
or stained and is not vulnerable to damage from ultraviolet rays. The special
characteristics of Trex, including resistance to splitting, flexibility, and
ease and consistency of machining and finishing, facilitate deck installation,
reduce contractor call-back and afford customers a wide range of design
options.
 
  Brand Name Development. The Company has invested over $10 million during the
last three years to develop Trex as a recognized brand name in the residential
and commercial decking market. The Company's marketing strategy has been to
promote Trex among consumers and contractors as a premium decking product. The
Company uses extensive print and television advertising to build brand
awareness among homeowners and commercial users and targets decking contractors
with advertisements in leading building and remodeling magazines. Brand name
recognition helps to generate demand for Trex directly among consumers and also
among distributors and dealers, who recommend Trex to contractors and other
consumers. The Company believes that its branding strategy promotes product
differentiation of Trex in a market which is not generally characterized by
brand identification and enables the Company both to command premium prices and
to maintain price stability for Trex.
 
  Extensive Distribution Network. The Company has developed an extensive
distribution network which complements its branding strategy and focus on the
contractor-installed market segment. At December 31, 1998, the Company sold
Trex through approximately 55 wholesale distribution locations. At the same
date, the Company's distributors marketed Trex to approximately 2,000 dealer
outlets, which directly service contractors and consumers. The Company selects
distributors based upon their anticipated commitment to Trex, and the Company's
distribution network devotes significant resources to promoting and selling
Trex. All distributors have appointed a Trex specialist, regularly conduct
dealer training sessions, fund demonstration projects and participate in local
advertising campaigns and home shows. These distributors generally sell Trex as
their only non-wood decking alternative and agree in their distribution
agreements with the Company not to market other wood/plastic composites with
the same applications as Trex.
 
  Investment in Manufacturing Process and Product Development. Production of a
non-wood decking alternative like Trex requires significant capital investment,
special process know-how and time to develop. The Company has invested
approximately $34 million and six years in expansion of its manufacturing
capacity, manufacturing process improvements, new product development and
product enhancements. The Company's investment of time and capital has enabled
it to increase the number of production lines from one to eight and its
manufacturing line production rates by more than 200% since 1992, has
facilitated the Company's development of new products and has produced
improvements in the dimensional consistency, surface texture and color
uniformity of Trex.
 
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
  Building Code Listing. Trex is the only non-wood decking alternative to
receive a product building code listing either from the National Evaluation
Service (the "NES") or from any of the three NES regional members that
establish construction standards in the United States. Since receiving its NES
listing in 1995, Trex has been the only non-wood alternative decking product
published in all major code books throughout the country. The Company's listing
facilitates the acquisition of building permits by residential consumers of
Trex. The Company believes that its listing promotes customer and industry
acceptance of Trex as a substitute for wood in decking.
 
  Experienced Management Team. The Company is managed by four experienced
senior executives who led the buyout of Mobil's Composite Products Division in
1996. The Company's executives have managed billion-dollar operations as well
as smaller, high-growth divisions and product rollouts within and outside of
Mobil. They have approximately 75 years of combined management experience at
Mobil across a wide range of management functions.
 
Growth Strategies
 
  The Company's goals are to continue to be the leading producer of a superior
non-wood decking alternative product, to increase its market share of the
decking market and to expand new products and geographic markets. To attain
these goals, the Company employs the following strategies:
 
  Continue Brand Name Development. The Company plans to increase its investment
in, and the resources devoted to, development of the Trex brand. The Company's
branding efforts will focus on implementation of enhanced integrated
advertising, public relations and trade programs. The Company's sales growth in
the decking market will largely depend on converting demand for wood products
into demand for Trex. Accordingly, the Company's branding strategy will
continue to emphasize the advantages of Trex over wood decking products. The
Company's brand building programs also are designed to support the positioning
of Trex as a premium product in the decking market.
 
  Expand Distribution Coverage. The Company intends to establish comprehensive
national coverage for Trex. To achieve this objective, the Company expects to
increase the number of dealer outlets selling Trex over the next three years by
50% to approximately 3,000 outlets. The Company will seek to expand its dealer
network by adding new distributors and increasing the number of its wholesale
distribution locations to approximately 75 distribution locations from its base
of approximately 55 at December 31, 1998.
 
  Increase Production Capacity. Currently, customer demand for Trex exceeds the
Company's manufacturing capacity. To support sales growth and improve customer
service, the Company plans to increase output by increasing productivity in its
existing facility in Winchester, Virginia and by beginning production in an
additional manufacturing facility near Reno, Nevada in the fourth quarter of
1999. The Company recently augmented the production capacity of its Winchester
facility by adding one new production line in December 1998 and a second new
production line in January 1999. The addition of these two production lines
will enable the Company to increase its manufacturing capacity by approximately
40% by mid-1999. With the second manufacturing facility in operation, the
Company expects by the end of 1999 to double its production capacity from the
level sustained in December 1998.
 
  Invest in Process and Product Development. The Company will continue to make
substantial investments in process and product development to support new
products and improve product consistency, reduce manufacturing costs and
increase operating efficiencies. In the third quarter of 1998, the Company
centralized its research and development operations in the Trex Technical
Center, a 30,000-square foot building adjacent to its Winchester manufacturing
facility.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
 
  Increase New Product Development and Export Markets. As part of its long-term
growth strategy, the Company will continue to develop opportunities for Trex in
new products and product applications and in geographic markets beyond the
Company's U.S. base. In 1998, the Company derived approximately 15% of its net
sales from sales of Trex for non-decking applications, including industrial
block flooring, applications for parks and recreational areas, floating and
fixed docks and other marine applications, and landscape edging. The Company
believes that the product characteristics of Trex are well suited to satisfy
the diverse appearance, performance and safety requirements of these and other
potential product applications. In expanding its geographic scope of
operations, the Company plans to increase exports to Canada, where it currently
has limited sales, and to explore export opportunities in the Caribbean, Latin
America and selected parts of Europe.
 
Reorganization
   
  In connection with the Offering, the Company and TREX Company, LLC have taken
and will take certain actions described below which are collectively referred
to in this Prospectus as the "Reorganization."     
   
  Until April 7, 1999, Trex Company, Inc. was a wholly-owned subsidiary of TREX
Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. On April 7, 1999, the
members of TREX Company, LLC other than Mobil contributed their junior
membership interests in TREX Company, LLC to Trex Company, Inc. in exchange for
Common Stock of Trex Company, Inc. (the "Exchange Transaction"). Concurrently
with such exchange, Mobil exchanged its preferred membership interest in TREX
Company, LLC for a $3.1 million note of Trex Company, Inc. payable upon the
consummation of the Offering. As a result of such exchanges, TREX Company, LLC
became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Trex Company, Inc.     
   
  In connection with the Exchange Transaction, TREX Company, LLC will make a
special cash distribution of approximately $12.2 million to certain of its
members (the "LLC Distribution"). Of the LLC Distribution, approximately $9.8
million represents the estimated amount of the previously recognized and
undistributed taxable income of TREX Company, LLC through the Reorganization
date of April 7, 1999 on which the members have paid, or will pay, income tax,
and approximately $2.4 million represents a return of capital. The $9.8 million
amount and the total amount of the LLC Distribution are subject to adjustment
based on the actual taxable income of TREX Company, LLC from January 1, 1999
through the Reorganization date. See "Certain Transactions--Reorganization."
    
  The Company's principal executive offices are located at 20 South Cameron
Street, Winchester, Virginia 22601, and the Company's telephone number at that
address is (540) 678-4070.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
Common Stock offered by the
 Company......................
                                   
                                4,000,000 shares     
 
Common Stock offered by the
 Selling Stockholders.........
                                103,000 shares
 
Common Stock to be
 outstanding after the
 Offering.....................
                                13,500,000 shares (1)
 
Use of Proceeds...............     
                                The Company will use its net proceeds of the
                                Offering to repay indebtedness and to fund a
                                portion of the LLC Distribution. See "Use of
                                Proceeds."     
 
Proposed NYSE symbol..........  TWP
 
- --------
(1) Does not include (i) 125,000 shares subject to stock options the Company
    intends to grant to certain of its employees under its 1999 Stock Option
    and Incentive Plan (the "Stock Incentive Plan") upon the consummation of
    the Offering or (ii) up to 10,000 shares subject to stock options the
    Company intends to grant to its non-employee directors under its 1999
    Incentive Plan for Outside Directors (the "Outside Director Plan") upon the
    consummation of the Offering. See "Management--1999 Stock Option and
    Incentive Plan" and "--1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors."
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
  Potential investors should carefully consider the risk factors relating to
the Company, its business and an investment in the Shares set forth under "Risk
Factors." Such risk factors include, but are not limited to, the following:
 
  .  Ability to Increase Market Acceptance
  .  Lack of Product Diversification
  .  Dependence on Single Manufacturing Facility
  .  Reliance on Supply of Raw Materials
  .  Sensitivity to Economic Conditions
  .  Ability to Increase Manufacturing Capacity
  .  Ability to Manage Growth
  .  Seasonality and Fluctuations in Quarterly Operating Results
  .  Significant Capital Requirements
  .  Dependence on Significant Distributors
 
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
   
  The summary historical financial data presented below as of
December 31, 1998, for the period from August 29, 1996 to December 31, 1996 and
for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 are derived from the Company's
Financial Statements and related Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors.
The summary historical statement of operations data and cash flow data
presented below for the period from January 1, 1996 to August 28, 1996 are
derived from the Financial Statements of the Composite Products Division of
Mobil Oil Corporation (the "Predecessor") and related Notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors. The unaudited supplemental pro forma statement of
operations data, cash flow data and other data give effect to the
Reorganization and the Offering as if such transactions had been consummated on
January 1, 1998. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data give effect to the
Reorganization as if the Reorganization had been consummated on December 31,
1998. The unaudited supplemental pro forma balance sheet data give effect to
the Reorganization and the Offering as if such transactions had been
consummated on December 31, 1998. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data
and unaudited supplemental pro forma financial data are based on assumptions
that management believes are reasonable, are presented for comparative and
informational purposes only and do not purport to represent what the Company's
actual results of operations or financial condition would have been if the
Reorganization and the Offering in fact had occurred on such dates or to
project the Company's results of operations for any future period or financial
condition at any future date. The summary historical and unaudited pro forma
balance sheet data and unaudited supplemental pro forma financial data
presented below also include certain unaudited other data. The summary
financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Financial
Statements of the Company and the Predecessor and related Notes thereto
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.     
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                          The Predecessor(1)               The Company(1)
                          ------------------ --------------------------------------------
                                                                             Supplemental
                               Jan. 1,       August 29,                       Pro Forma
                               1996 to        1996 to   Year Ended Dec. 31,   Year Ended
                               Aug. 28,       Dec. 31,  -------------------    Dec. 31,
                                 1996           1996      1997      1998       1998(2)
                          ------------------ ---------- --------- ---------  ------------
                                    (In thousands, except per share and unit data)
<S>                       <C>                <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>
Statement of
 Operations Data:
Net sales...............       $18,071        $  5,708  $  34,137 $  46,818    $ 46,818
Gross profit............         8,883           2,227     17,363    23,862      23,862
Income (loss) from
 operations.............         3,375            (331)     8,371    10,984      10,984
Interest expense, net...             -             934      2,777     2,526         175
                               -------        --------  --------- ---------    --------
Income (loss) before
 income tax expense.....       $ 3,375        $ (1,265) $   5,594  $  8,458      10,809
                               =======        ========  ========= =========
Basic (loss) earnings
 per junior unit (3)....                      $(350.00) $1,297.25 $2,013.25
                                              ========  ========= =========
Weighted average junior
 units outstanding......                         4,000      4,000     4,000
                                              ========  ========= =========
Pro forma income tax
 expense (4)(5)(6)
 (unaudited)............                                              3,383       4,324
                                                                  ---------    --------
Pro forma net income
 (5)(6) (unaudited).....                                          $   5,075    $  6,485
                                                                  =========    ========
Pro forma net income
 per share, basic
 (5)(6)(7) (unaudited)..                                          $    0.53    $   0.48
                                                                  =========    ========
Cash Flow Data:
Cash flow from (used in)
 operating activities...       $ 2,848        $   (222) $   6,521 $  12,228    $11,870
Cash flow (used in)
 investing activities...        (3,708)        (30,253)   (3,252)   (17,140)    (17,140)
Cash flow from (used in)
 financing activities...           860          34,216    (5,010)     4,112       3,477
Other Data (unaudited):
EBITDA (8)..............       $ 4,492        $    527  $  11,013 $  14,098    $ 14,098
Pounds of Trex sold.....        61,483          19,924    113,948   151,555     151,555
</TABLE>    
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                As of December 31, 1998
                                         --------------------------------------
                                                                 Supplemental
                                         Actual   Pro Forma(9) Pro Forma(9)(10)
                                         -------  ------------ ----------------
<S>                                      <C>      <C>          <C>
Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):
Cash and cash equivalents............... $ 1,200    $    200       $   207
Working capital (deficit)...............  (3,172)    (11,816)          853
Total assets............................  51,331      50,331        49,555
Total debt..............................  33,063      33,063         6,813
Total members'/stockholders' equity.....  13,291       4,647        37,126
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1)  On August 29, 1996, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets
    and assumed certain of the liabilities of the Predecessor for a purchase
    price of approximately $29.5 million. See "Certain Transactions--
    Acquisition Transactions."
   
(2)  The supplemental pro forma statement of operations data have been computed
    by eliminating net interest expense of $2.4 million related to debt that
    will be repaid with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering. The
    supplemental pro forma statement of operations data do not include
    adjustments to (i) record an extraordinary loss, net of taxes, of $1.1
    million for the year ended December 31, 1998 related to the extinguishment
    of such debt or (ii) reflect recognition of a one-time non-cash tax charge
    of approximately $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1998 with
    respect to a net deferred tax liability related to the Company's conversion
    in the Reorganization to a corporation taxed in accordance with Subchapter
    C of the Internal Revenue Code (a "C corporation"). Such data give effect
    to the conversion as if it had occurred on January 1, 1998. The
    supplemental pro forma income tax provision is calculated at a combined
    federal and state income tax rate of 40%. See "Management's Discussion and
    Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Overview" and
    "Certain Transactions--Reorganization."     
 
(3)  Historical basic earnings per junior unit has been omitted for the
    Predecessor period, since the operations for such period were a component
    of Mobil.
 
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
(4)  For the period shown, the Predecessor was included in the consolidated tax
    return of its parent and, accordingly, no tax provision was provided. For
    all periods since inception, the Company elected to be treated as a
    partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. As a result, the
    Company's income has been taxed directly to the Company's members, rather
    than to the Company.
 
(5)  Pro forma and supplemental pro forma net income and basic net income per
    share reflect current federal and state income taxes (assuming a 40%
    combined effective tax rate) as if the Company had been taxed as a C
    corporation for the periods presented.
 
(6)  Pro forma and supplemental pro forma net income and basic net income per
    share for the year ended December 31, 1998 do not include adjustments to
    record deferred income tax expense of $1.4 million as a result of the
    Company's conversion in the Reorganization to a C corporation. Such data
    give effect to the conversion as if it had occurred on January 1, 1998.
   
(7) Assumes 9,500,000 and 13,500,000 weighted average shares outstanding during
    the year ended December 31, 1998 on a pro forma and supplemental pro forma
    basis, respectively. Diluted income per share is the same as basic income
    per share and, therefore, is not separately presented.     
   
(8)  Consists of income from operations plus depreciation and amortization.
    EBITDA is presented because it is a commonly used measure of performance by
    the financial community. Although management believes EBITDA is a useful
    measure of the Company's performance, EBITDA should not be considered an
    alternative to net income as a measure of operating performance or to cash
    provided by (used for) operating activities as a measure of liquidity. In
    addition, this measure of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled
    measures reported by other companies.     
   
(9)  Reflects (i) the LLC Distribution of $5.6 million at December 31, 1998 and
    (ii) the issuance of a $3.1 million note in exchange for the preferred
    membership interest in the Company. Does not reflect a net deferred tax
    liability of $2.4 million that would have been recorded by the Company if
    it had converted to C corporation status on December 31, 1998. The $5.6
    million LLC Distribution adjustment is calculated as if the LLC
    Distribution had been made on December 31, 1998 and is based in part on the
    estimated amount of previously recognized and undistributed income of the
    Company through such date, while the $12.2 million LLC Distribution amount
    appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus also reflects the then estimated
    additional results of operations of the Company from January 1, 1999
    through the Reorganization date of April 7, 1999. The $5.6 million amount
    as of December 31, 1998 will be increased by the actual amount of any
    taxable income realized by the Company from January 1, 1999 through the
    Reorganization date. See "Certain Transactions--Reorganization."     
 
(10)  Reflects (i) the LLC Distribution of $5.6 million at December 31, 1998,
     (ii) the repayment of a $3.1 million note issued in exchange for the
     preferred membership interest in the Company, (iii) a net deferred tax
     liability of $2.4 million that would have been recorded by the Company if
     it had converted to C corporation status on December 31, 1998, (iv) an
     extraordinary $1.1 million charge for the early extinguishment of debt to
     be repaid from the net proceeds of the Offering and (v) the sale by the
     Company of the Shares in the Offering and the application of the net
     proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds," "Capitalization," "Management's
     Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--
     Overview" and "Certain Transactions--Reorganization."
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  In addition to the other information in this Prospectus, investors should
carefully consider the following risk factors before deciding whether to
purchase the Shares offered hereby. Certain statements in this Prospectus
concerning the Company's future financial condition and performance are
forward-looking statements. The Company's actual results may differ materially
from those expressed in or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors
that may cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those
discussed below and in the sections of this Prospectus entitled "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business."
 
Ability to Increase Market Acceptance
 
  The Company's ability to grow will largely depend on its success in
converting demand for wood decking products, which accounted for approximately
97% of the 1997 decking market (measured by board feet of lumber), into demand
for Trex. The Company's strategy to increase market acceptance of Trex is to
develop and promote the Trex brand name as a premium decking product and to
emphasize the advantages of Trex over wood decking products. To increase its
market share, the Company must overcome the low consumer awareness of non-wood
decking alternatives, the preference of many consumers for well-accepted wood
products, the somewhat different appearance of Trex, the greater initial
expense of installing a Trex deck and the established relationships existing
between suppliers of wood decking products and contractors and homebuilders.
The Company's failure to achieve increased market acceptance of Trex would
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations.
 
Lack of Product Diversification
 
  All of the Company's net sales are derived from Trex. Although the Company
has developed new Trex products and new applications for Trex since 1992, and
intends to continue such development, the Company's product line is based
exclusively on the composite formula and manufacturing process for Trex Wood-
Polymer lumber. If the Company should experience any problems, real or
perceived, with product quality or acceptance of Trex, the Company's lack of
product diversification would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Dependence on Single Manufacturing Facility
 
  Trex is currently produced solely in the Company's manufacturing facility in
Winchester, Virginia. Any interruption in the operations or decrease in the
production capacity of this facility, whether because of equipment failure,
natural disaster or otherwise, would limit the Company's ability to meet
existing and future customer demand for Trex and would have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. The Company has acquired the site for, and in January 1999 began
construction of, a second manufacturing facility, which will be located near
Reno, Nevada. The new facility is expected to begin production in the fourth
quarter of 1999, but construction and equipping of the facility is subject to
risks that could delay commencement of operations beyond that date. See "--
Ability to Increase Manufacturing Capacity."
 
Reliance on Supply of Raw Materials
 
  Production of Trex requires substantial amounts of wood fiber and
polyethylene. The Company purchases wood fiber under contracts with a
relatively small number of suppliers primarily located within a 200-mile
radius of the Company's existing manufacturing facility in Winchester,
Virginia, and obtains polyethylene under purchase order arrangements with
suppliers of reclaimed grocery sacks
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
and stretch film throughout the United States. Four suppliers collectively
accounted for approximately 80% of the Company's 1998 wood fiber purchases.
For a description of the Company's supply agreements with such suppliers, see
"Business--Suppliers--Wood Fiber." The Company's ability to obtain adequate
polyethylene supplies depends on its success in developing new sources,
entering into long-term arrangements with suppliers and managing the
collection of supplies from geographically dispersed distribution centers. The
termination of the Company's relationships with suppliers of a significant
portion of its wood fiber or polyethylene requirements could subject the
Company to the risks that it would be unable to purchase sufficient quantities
of raw materials to meet its production requirements or would have to pay
higher prices for replacement supplies. Further, the Company generally obtains
its raw materials from existing suppliers at fixed prices that are established
annually. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
maintaining such pricing policies to protect against fluctuations in raw
materials prices. The Company believes it will be able to obtain sufficient
additional wood and polyethylene supplies from its existing suppliers and new
supply sources to meet the increased requirements resulting from its recent
addition of two new production lines to its Winchester facility and its
establishment of a second manufacturing facility near Reno, Nevada, which the
Company expects to begin production in the fourth quarter of 1999. The Company
has not yet entered into supply agreements for the new facility. The
termination of significant sources of raw materials, the payment of higher
prices for raw materials or the failure to obtain sufficient additional raw
materials to meet planned increases in capacity could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. See "--Ability to Increase Manufacturing Capacity" and "Business--
Suppliers."
 
Sensitivity to Economic Conditions
 
  The demand for decking products is sensitive to changes in the level of
activity in home improvements and, to a lesser extent, new home construction,
which are affected by such factors as consumer spending habits, employment,
interest rates and inflation. An economic downturn could reduce consumer
income available for spending on discretionary items such as decking, which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. See "Business--Decking Market Overview."
 
Ability to Increase Manufacturing Capacity
 
  Currently, customer demand for Trex exceeds the Company's manufacturing
capacity. As part of its strategy to increase capacity, the Company recently
augmented the production capacity of its manufacturing facility in Winchester,
Virginia by adding one new production line in December 1998 and a second new
production line in January 1999. In addition, the Company has acquired the
site for, and in January 1999 began construction of, a second manufacturing
facility, which will be located near Reno, Nevada. The Company expects that
the new facility will begin production in the fourth quarter of 1999. See
"Business--Growth Strategies." In constructing and equipping the new facility,
the Company will be subject to the risks normally associated with the
development of manufacturing facilities, including risks relating to the
timely receipt of environmental and other regulatory approvals, the cost and
timely completion of construction (which may be affected by causes beyond the
Company's control, such as weather, labor conditions or material shortages),
the costs associated with financing equipment purchases and the availability
of long-term borrowings to refinance on acceptable terms short-term site
acquisition and construction loans obtained by the Company. Further, in the
start-up and operation of the new facility and the two additional production
lines, the Company will be subject to the risks involved in recruiting and
training a factory workforce, installing and operating new production
equipment, purchasing raw materials, commencing manufacturing operations and
maintaining product quality. These risks could result in substantial
unanticipated delays or expense, which could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "--
Dependence on Single Manufacturing Facility," "--Reliance on Supply of Raw
Materials" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
Ability to Manage Growth
 
  The Company's recent growth has placed significant demands on its management
and other resources. The Company's net sales increased to $46.8 million in
1998 from $34.1 million in 1997 and $23.8 million in 1996. The number of
dealer outlets selling Trex has increased from approximately 1,200 at December
31, 1996 to approximately 2,000 at December 31, 1998, and further significant
increases are expected in the future. The Company also plans to support its
geographic expansion by opening a second manufacturing facility, which will be
located near Reno, Nevada. To manage its growth effectively, the Company will
need to continue to develop and improve its operational, financial, accounting
and other internal systems. In addition, the Company's future success will
depend in large part upon its ability to recruit, train, motivate and retain
senior managers and other employees and to maintain product quality. If the
Company is unable to manage its growth effectively, such inability could have
a material adverse effect on the quality of the Company's products and its
business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Seasonality and Fluctuations in Quarterly Operating Results
 
  The Company's net sales and income from operations historically have varied
from quarter to quarter. Such variations are principally attributable to
seasonal trends in the demand for Trex. The Company experiences lower net
sales levels during the fourth quarter, in which holidays and adverse weather
conditions in certain regions usually reduce the level of home improvement and
new construction activity. Income from operations and net income tend to be
lower in quarters with lower sales due to a lower gross margin which is not
offset by a corresponding reduction in selling, general and administrative
expenses, in part because the Company continues to make advertising
expenditures throughout the year. As a result of these factors, the Company
believes period-to-period comparisons of its net sales and other operating
results should not be relied upon as indicators of future performance, and the
results of any quarterly period may not be indicative of results to be
expected for a full year. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Seasonality."
 
Significant Capital Requirements
   
  Expansion of the Company's production capacity will require significant
capital expenditures. The Company currently estimates that its aggregate
capital requirements in 1999 and 2000 will total approximately $23.8 million,
of which approximately $20.3 million is expected to be incurred in 1999 and
approximately $3.5 million in 2000. Capital expenditures will be used
primarily for the construction and equipping of the Company's new
manufacturing facility, which will be located near Reno, Nevada and which the
Company expects to begin production in the fourth quarter of 1999. The Company
believes that cash on hand, cash flow from operations and borrowings expected
to be available under the Company's credit agreements and construction loan
for the new facility will provide sufficient funds to enable the Company to
expand its business as currently planned for at least the next 12 months. The
actual amount and timing of the Company's future capital requirements may
differ materially from the Company's estimates depending on the demand for
Trex and as a result of new market developments and opportunities. The Company
may determine that it is necessary or desirable to obtain financing for such
requirements through bank borrowings or the issuance of debt or equity
securities. Debt financing would increase the leverage of the Company, while
equity financing may dilute the ownership of the Company's stockholders. There
can be no assurance as to whether, or as to the terms on which, the Company
will be able to obtain such financing. Any failure by the Company to generate
sufficient funds from operations or equity or debt financings to meet its
capital requirements could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--
Liquidity and Capital Resources."     
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
Dependence on Significant Distributors
 
  The Company's aggregate net sales to its five largest distributors accounted
for approximately 74% of the Company's net sales in 1998. The Company's
contracts with these distributors are terminable by the distributors upon
notice at any time during the contract term. Although the Company believes it
would be able to replace any current distributor, a contract termination or
significant decrease or interruption in business from any of its five largest
distributors or any other significant distributor could cause a short-term
disruption of the Company's operations. Such a disruption could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. See "Business--Distribution."
 
Dependence on Key Personnel
 
  The Company's success will depend in large part upon the continued services
of a small number of key management employees, including Anthony J. Cavanna,
Andrew U. Ferrari, Robert G. Matheny and Roger A. Wittenberg. Upon the
consummation of the Offering, none of such employees will be a party to an
employment agreement with the Company. The loss of the services of one or more
of the Company's key employees could have a material adverse effect on the
Company. In addition, if one or more of the Company's key employees resigns
from the Company to join a competitor or to form a competing company, the loss
of such employees and any resulting loss of existing or potential customers to
such competitor could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. In the event of the
loss of any such personnel, there can be no assurance that the Company would
be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of its technical
knowledge, practices or procedures by such personnel. Although the Company's
key employees are parties to agreements containing confidentiality covenants,
there can be no assurance that courts will enforce such covenants as written
or that the agreements will deter conduct prohibited by such covenants. See
"Management."
 
Competition
 
  The residential and commercial decking market in which the Company
principally operates is highly competitive. As a wood/plastic composite
product, Trex competes with wood, other wood/plastic composites and 100%
plastic lumber for use as decking. The primary competition for Trex is wood
decking, which accounted for approximately 97% of 1997 decking sales (measured
by board feet of lumber). The conventional lumber suppliers with which the
Company competes in many cases have established ties to the building and
construction industry and have well-accepted products. Many of the Company's
competitors in the decking market that sell wood products have significantly
greater financial, technical and marketing resources than the Company. The
Company's ability to compete depends, in part, upon a number of factors
outside its control, including the ability of its competitors to develop new
non-wood decking alternatives which are competitive with Trex. Trex is the
only non-wood decking alternative to receive a product building code listing
from the NES or any of its three regional members. A product building code
listing covers all uses of a product meeting the specified design criteria.
The Company is aware of one manufacturer of wood/plastic composite products
that has publicly announced it has applied for a regional application listing
for its products and of at least four manufacturers that have received
regional application listings of their 100% plastic lumber products. An
application listing covers specific uses of the listed products. There can be
no assurance that one or more of the Company's competitors will not receive a
listing for their non-wood decking alternative products in the immediate
future. Any product receiving such a listing could be more competitive with
Trex. The Company's failure to compete successfully with its competitors would
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results
and financial condition. See "Business--Competition."
 
Impact of Government Regulation
 
  The Company is subject to federal, state and local environmental,
occupational health and safety, and other laws and regulations. The
environmental laws and regulations applicable to the Company's
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
operations establish air quality standards for emissions from the Company's
manufacturing operations, govern the disposal of solid waste, and regulate
waste water and storm water discharge. The Company believes that it currently
complies in all material respects with such environmental laws and
regulations. As is the case with manufacturers in general, the Company may be
held liable for response costs and damages to natural resources if a release
or threat of release of hazardous materials occurs on or from the Company's
properties or any associated offsite disposal location, or if contamination
from prior activities is discovered at any properties owned or operated by the
Company. Such a liability could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See
"Business--Government Regulation."
   
Year 2000 Issue     
   
  The Company and third parties with which the Company does business rely on
numerous computer programs in their day-to-day operations. The Company has
undertaken a program to address the Year 2000 issue as it relates to the
Company's internal computer systems and the third-party computer systems with
which the Company interacts, including the systems of its major suppliers and
customers. The Company expects to continue to incur internal staff costs and
other expenses, which may be significant and will be expensed as incurred, to
address these issues. In addition, the appropriate course of action may
include replacement or an upgrade of certain systems or equipment at a
substantial cost to the Company. There can be no assurance that the Year 2000
issue will be resolved in 1999. If not resolved, such issue could have a
material adverse impact on the Company's business, operating results and
financial condition. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Year 2000 Issue."     
 
Influence by Principal Stockholders
   
  Upon completion of the Offering, the Company's four management stockholders
will beneficially own approximately 63.2% of the Common Stock (60.6% if the
Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full). As a result, such stockholders
collectively will be able to exercise control over the Company's business and
affairs by virtue of their voting power with respect to the election of
directors and actions requiring stockholder approval. See "Management,"
"Principal and Selling Stockholders" and "Description of Capital Stock."     
 
Intellectual Property
 
  The Company's success depends, in part, upon its intellectual property
rights. The Company relies upon a combination of trade secret, nondisclosure
and other contractual arrangements, and copyright and trademark laws to
protect its proprietary rights. The Company also has obtained patent
protection for certain of its production processes. The Company enters into
confidentiality agreements with its employees and limits access to and
distribution of its proprietary information. There can be no assurance that
the steps taken by the Company in this respect will be adequate to deter
misappropriation of its proprietary information or that the Company will be
able to detect unauthorized use and take appropriate steps to enforce its
intellectual property rights. See "Business--Intellectual Property."
 
Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions
 
  Certain provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation (the
"Certificate of Incorporation") and Bylaws (the "Bylaws") and the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware General Corporation
Law") could have anti-takeover effects even if a change of control of the
Company would be beneficial to the interests of the Company's stockholders.
These provisions include a requirement that the Board of Directors be divided
into three classes, with approximately one-third of the directors to be
elected each year. This classification of directors makes it more difficult
for an acquiror or for other stockholders to change the composition of the
Board of Directors. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation authorizes
the Board of Directors to provide for the issuance of up to 3,000,000 shares
of preferred stock of the Company,
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
in one or more series, which the Board of Directors could issue without
stockholder approval and upon such terms and conditions, and having such
rights, privileges and preferences, as the Board of Directors may determine.
The ability to issue preferred stock could have the effect of discouraging
unsolicited acquisition proposals or making it more difficult for a third
party to gain control of the Company, or otherwise could adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock. Further, the Company is subject to Section
203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits it from engaging
in certain business combinations with stockholders that beneficially own 15%
or more of the Company's voting stock, or with the affiliates of such
stockholders, unless the Company's directors or stockholders approve the
business combination in the prescribed manner. See "Description of Capital
Stock--Anti-Takeover Effect of Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions" and "--
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law."
 
No Prior Public Market; Possible Volatility of Share Price
 
  Prior to the Offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock.
Although the Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange subject to notice of issuance, there is no assurance that an active
trading market for the Shares will develop or be sustained after the Offering.
   
  There can be no assurance that the market price of the Shares will not
decline below the initial public offering price. The initial public offering
price has been determined by negotiations among the Company, the Selling
Stockholders and the representative of the Underwriters and may not be
indicative of future market prices. See "Underwriting" for information
relating to the factors that were considered in determining the initial public
offering price. In recent years, stock markets have experienced extreme price
and volume fluctuations. The trading price of the Shares could be subject to
wide fluctuations in response to quarterly variations in operating results,
changes in earnings estimates by analysts, announcements of new contracts or
product offerings by the Company or its competitors, general economic or stock
market conditions and other events or factors.     
 
Dilution to New Investors
   
  The initial public offering price per Share is substantially higher than the
Company's pro forma net tangible book value per share of Common Stock.
Purchasers of Shares in the Offering will experience immediate dilution of
$7.94 in the supplemental pro forma net tangible book value per Share and may
experience further dilution upon the exercise of future options to purchase
shares of Common Stock. See "Dilution."     
 
No Dividends
   
  The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on the Common
Stock in the foreseeable future. The Company's credit facility contains
provisions restricting the Company's ability to pay cash dividends on the
Common Stock. See "Dividend Policy."     
 
Benefits of Offering to Selling Stockholders and Other Current Investors
   
  Approximately $28.1 million of the net proceeds of the Offering will be used
to repay indebtedness of the Company to Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company, Connecticut General Life Insurance Company on behalf of one or more
separate accounts, Life Insurance Company of North America and The Lincoln
National Life Insurance Company, several of which beneficially own equity
interests in the Company and one or more of which may be deemed affiliates of
the Company prior to the Offering (collectively, the "Institutional
Investors"). The Company incurred such indebtedness in connection with the
Acquisition. In addition, the Company will use approximately $3.1 million of
the net proceeds of the Offering to repay a note it issued to Mobil in the
Reorganization in exchange for Mobil's preferred equity interest in TREX
Company, LLC. Mobil obtained this equity interest in connection with the
Acquisition.     
 
  The Selling Stockholders, all of which are Institutional Investors, will
receive substantial proceeds from the Offering and certain other benefits. The
Offering will establish a public market for the
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
   
Common Stock and provide increased liquidity to the Selling Stockholders for
the shares of Common Stock they will own after the Offering. After deduction
of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, the aggregate net
proceeds of the Offering to be received by the Selling Stockholders will total
approximately $1.0 million. See "Use of Proceeds," "Principal and Selling
Stockholders" and "Certain Transactions."     
   
  As part of the Reorganization, the Company will make the LLC Distribution of
approximately $12.2 million to its four management members and to the
Institutional Investors. A portion of the net proceeds of the Offering will be
used to pay approximately $4.7 million of the LLC Distribution. The amount of
the LLC Distribution and the amount of the net proceeds of the Offering to be
applied in respect thereof are subject to adjustment based on the Company's
actual taxable income from January 1, 1999 through the Reorganization date of
April 7, 1999. See "Use of Proceeds," "Principal and Selling Stockholders" and
"Certain Transactions."     
 
Shares Eligible for Future Sale; Registration Rights
   
  Future sales of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock in the public
market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect
the prevailing market price of the Common Stock and could make it more
difficult for the Company to raise funds through a public offering of its
equity securities. Upon completion of the Offering, there will be 13,500,000
shares of Common Stock outstanding, including the 4,103,000 Shares sold in the
Offering. The 4,103,000 Shares offered hereby, other than up to 200,000 shares
reserved for issuance to directors and employees of the Company and certain
other persons (the "Reserved Shares"), will be freely tradable upon completion
of the Offering without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), by persons other than "affiliates" of the
Company as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining
9,397,000 shares of Common Stock will be deemed "Restricted Securities" within
the meaning of Rule 144 and, as such, may not be sold in the absence of
registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, including the
exemption afforded by Rule 144.     
   
  In connection with the Offering, the Company, all stockholders of the
Company prior to the Offering and the holders of Reserved Shares have entered
into "lock-up" agreements with the Underwriters. The Company and such
stockholders have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell,
issue or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities of
the Company which are substantially similar to the Common Stock or which are
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or securities
substantially similar to the Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the
closing of the Offering without the prior written consent of J.C. Bradford &
Co., which it may grant in whole or in part without a public announcement. The
stockholders subject to the foregoing restrictions have advised the Company
that they do not intend to request J.C. Bradford & Co. to waive such
restrictions during the 180-day lock-up period. The foregoing restrictions
will not apply to the following transactions by the Company: (i) the issuance
of options or other awards under the Stock Incentive Plan and options under
the Outside Director Plan, as such plans are in effect on the date of this
Prospectus; (ii) the issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Company's
1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan as in effect on the date of this Prospectus;
(iii) the issuance of up to 135,000 shares of Common Stock upon exercise of
options to be granted by the Company upon the consummation of the Offering
pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan and the Outside Director Plan; and (iv)
the filing of one or more registration statements on Form S-8 registering the
offer and sale of Common Stock under the Stock Incentive Plan, the Outside
Director Plan and the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In addition, the
lock-up restrictions will not apply to transfers of Common Stock to the
Company, to certain transfers of Common Stock to family trusts or by gift,
will or intestate succession, or to transfers by a Selling Stockholder to an
affiliate which is a wholly-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the
corporate parent of such Selling Stockholder. As a condition to any such     
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
   
transfer to a family trust, by gift, will or intestate succession, or to such
an affiliate of a Selling Stockholder, the transferee (or trustee or legal
guardian on the transferee's behalf) will be required to execute and deliver a
lock-up agreement containing the terms described in this paragraph. Upon
expiration of the lock-up period, the Reserved Shares will be freely tradable
by persons other than affiliates of the Company and up to 9,397,000 shares of
Common Stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144. See "Shares Eligible
for Future Sale."     
   
  The Company has granted "demand" and "piggyback" registration rights with
respect to the Common Stock held by the Institutional Investors. The
Institutional Investors are entitled to require the Company to register the
sale of their shares under the Securities Act on up to two occasions. In
addition, if the Company proposes to register the Common Stock under the
Securities Act (other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or
Form S-8), whether or not for its own account, the Institutional Investors are
entitled to require the Company, subject to certain conditions, to include all
or a portion of their shares in such registration. The Company has registered
the shares offered hereby by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to their
exercise of such piggyback registration rights. The foregoing registration
rights are subject to certain notice requirements, timing restrictions and
volume limitations which may be imposed by the underwriters of an offering.
The Company is required to bear the expenses of all such registrations except
for underwriting discounts and commissions. Following the consummation of the
Offering, 847,000 shares of Common Stock, or 6.3% of the total number of
outstanding shares of Common Stock, will be entitled to the benefits of such
registration rights. See "Certain Transactions--Acquisition Transactions."
    
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
   
  The net proceeds to the Company from the Offering after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and after expenses of the Offering are
expected to be $35.9 million ($41.6 million if the Over-Allotment Option is
exercised in full). The Company will not receive any of the net proceeds from
the sale of Shares by the Selling Stockholders.     
   
  The Company will use approximately $28.1 million of the net proceeds of the
Offering to repay $26.3 million principal amount of indebtedness, $0.3 million
of accrued and unpaid interest thereon and a related prepayment premium of
approximately $1.5 million. Such indebtedness, which was incurred in
connection with the Acquisition, consists of (i) $21.3 million principal
amount of senior notes, which accrue interest at an annual rate of 10% and
mature on August 30, 2003 (the "Senior Notes"), and (ii) $5.0 million
principal amount of subordinated notes, which accrue interest at an annual
rate of 12% and mature on August 30, 2004 (the "Subordinated Notes"). The
Senior Notes and the Subordinated Notes are held by the Institutional
Investors, one or more of which may be deemed affiliates of the Company prior
to the Offering. The Company also will use approximately $3.1 million to repay
a note it issued in the Reorganization in exchange for Mobil's preferred
equity interest in TREX Company, LLC, including $0.1 million of accrued and
unpaid dividends on such equity interest. See "Certain Transactions--
Acquisition Transactions." The Company will pay approximately $4.7 million of
the net proceeds of the Offering to fund a portion of the LLC Distribution to
its four management members and to the Institutional Investors. The amount of
the net proceeds of the Offering to be applied in respect of the LLC
Distribution, which is estimated to be approximately $12.2 million as of the
Reorganization date of April 7, 1999, is subject to adjustment based on the
actual amount of the LLC Distribution. See "Certain Transactions--
Reorganization."     
          
  If the Over-Allotment Option is exercised, the Company intends to apply the
net proceeds of its sale of the over-allotment shares to working capital and
other general corporate purposes.     
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
   
  The Company intends to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the
development and expansion of its business and, therefore, does not anticipate
paying any cash dividends on the Common Stock in the foreseeable future. The
payment of dividends is within the discretion of the Board of Directors and
will be dependent upon, among other factors, the Company's results of
operations, financial condition and capital requirements, restrictions imposed
by the Company's financing agreements and legal requirements. Under the terms
of its credit facility, the Company may pay cash dividends only if, after
payment of such dividends, the ratio of its total consolidated debt to its
total consolidated capitalization does not exceed 50%.     
   
  Prior to the Reorganization, the Company has been treated as a partnership
for federal and state income tax purposes. The Company made distributions to
its members of $1.6 million in 1997 and $2.3 million in 1998 to satisfy their
allocated portion of the Company's taxable income. As part of the
Reorganization, the Company will make the LLC Distribution of approximately
$12.2 million to certain of its members. The amount of the LLC Distribution is
subject to adjustment based on the Company's actual taxable income from
January 1, 1999 through the Reorganization date of April 7, 1999. See "Certain
Transactions--Reorganization."     
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
                                CAPITALIZATION
 
  The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 1998, (i) the actual
capitalization of the Company, (ii) the pro forma capitalization of the
Company after giving effect to the Reorganization and (iii) the supplemental
pro forma capitalization of the Company after giving effect to the
Reorganization and as adjusted for the Offering and the application of the net
proceeds therefrom as described under "Use of Proceeds." This table should be
read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and the Financial Statements and related
Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                    As of December 31, 1998
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                                   Supplemental
                                                 Actual  Pro Forma  Pro Forma
                                                 ------- --------- ------------
                                                     (In thousands, except
                                                   per share  and unit data)
<S>                                              <C>     <C>       <C>
Long-term debt (including current portion of
 $6,109 for Actual and Pro Forma and $2,259 for
 Supplemental Pro Forma):
 Senior Notes..................................  $21,250  $21,250    $    --
 Subordinated Notes............................    5,000    5,000         --
 Other.........................................    6,813    6,813
                                                                       6,813
                                                 -------  -------    -------
  Total long-term debt.........................   33,063   33,063      6,813
Members' equity:
 Preferred units, 1,000 units
  authorized, issued and
  outstanding..................................    3,000
 Junior units, 4,000 units
  authorized, issued and
  outstanding..................................    2,350
 Undistributed income..........................    7,941
                                                 -------
Total members' equity..........................   13,291
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value,
  3,000,000 shares authorized;
  none issued and outstanding..................                --         --
 Common Stock, $0.01 par value,
  40,000,000 shares authorized;
  9,500,000 and 13,500,000 shares issued and
  outstanding for Pro Forma and Supplemental
  Pro Forma, respectively (1)..................                95        135
 Additional capital............................                --     35,765
 Retained earnings.............................             4,552      1,226
                                                          -------    -------
  Total stockholders' equity...................             4,647    37,126
                                                 -------  -------    -------
   Total capitalization........................  $46,354  $37,710    $43,939
                                                 =======  =======    =======
</TABLE>    
 
- --------
(1) Does not include (i) 125,000 shares subject to stock options the Company
    intends to grant to certain of its employees under the Stock Incentive
    Plan upon the consummation of the Offering or (ii) up to 10,000 shares
    subject to stock options the Company intends to grant to its non-employee
    directors under the Outside Director Plan upon the consummation of the
    Offering. See "Management--1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan" and "--
    1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors."
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
                                   DILUTION
   
  At December 31, 1998, the deficit in pro forma net tangible book value of
the Common Stock, after giving effect to the Reorganization, was $(4.9)
million, or approximately $(0.51) per share outstanding. As of December 31,
1998, the supplemental pro forma net tangible book value of the Common Stock,
after giving effect to the Reorganization and the consummation of the Offering
and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, was $32.7 million, or
approximately $2.06 per share outstanding. This represents an immediate
increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $2.57 per share to existing
stockholders and an immediate dilution in supplemental pro forma net tangible
book value of $7.94 per share to new investors purchasing Shares in the
Offering. The net tangible book value per share of Common Stock represents the
amount of the Company's tangible assets less its liabilities divided by the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. The following table illustrates
this dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors at
December 31, 1998:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
Initial public offering price per Share.........................         $10.00
<S>                                                              <C>     <C>
Deficit in pro forma net tangible book value per share at
 December 31, 1998 after giving effect to the Reorganization.... $(0.51)
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share
 attributable to new investors..................................   2.57
                                                                 ------
Supplemental pro forma net tangible book value per share at
 December 31, 1998 after giving effect to the Offering..........          2.06
                                                                         -----
Dilution per share to new investors.............................         $7.94
                                                                         =====
</TABLE>    
 
  The following table sets forth, at December 31, 1998 on a pro forma basis,
after giving effect to the Reorganization, the difference between the number
of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total consideration
paid and the average price per share paid by the existing holders of the
Common Stock and by the new investors, before deducting underwriting discounts
and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company:
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Average
                           Shares Purchased      Total Consideration       Price Paid
                         ---------------------  -------------------------  ----------
<S>                      <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>
                           Number   Percentage    Amount       Percentage  Per Share
                         ---------- ----------  -----------    ----------  ---------
Existing stockholders
 (1)....................  9,500,000       70.4% $ 2,350,000(2)        5.5% $    0.25(2)
New investors (1).......
                          4,000,000       29.6   40,000,000          94.5  $   10.00
                         ---------- ----------  -----------    ----------
 Total.................. 13,500,000      100.0% $42,350,000         100.0  $    3.14
                         ========== ==========  ===========    ==========
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
(1)  Does not reflect the sale of 103,000 shares by Selling Stockholders in
     the Offering. Sales by Selling Stockholders in the Offering will reduce
     the number of shares held by existing stockholders of the Company to
     9,397,000 or approximately 69.6% of the total shares of Common Stock
     outstanding after the Offering (or 66.6% of the total shares of Common
     Stock outstanding if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full).
            
(2) Reflects the amount paid by the members of TREX Company, LLC other than
    Mobil for their membership interests, which were exchanged for Common
    Stock in the Reorganization. See "Certain Transactions--Reorganization"
    and "--Acquisition Transactions."     
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
               SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
 
  The selected historical financial data presented below as of December 31,
1996, 1997 and 1998, for the period from August 29, 1996 to December 31, 1996,
and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 are derived from the
Company's Financial Statements and related Notes thereto, appearing elsewhere
in this Prospectus, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
auditors. The selected historical statement of operations data and cash flow
data presented below as of December 31, 1995 and for the year ended December
31, 1995 and the period from January 1, 1996 to August 28, 1996 are derived
from the Financial Statements of the Predecessor and related Notes thereto
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus, which have been audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, independent auditors. The selected historical financial data
presented below as of December 31, 1994 and for the year ended December 31,
1994 are derived from the Predecessor's unaudited financial statements. The
unaudited supplemental pro forma statement of operations data, cash flow data
and other data give effect to the Reorganization and the Offering as if such
transactions had been consummated on January 1, 1998. The unaudited pro forma
balance sheet data give effect to the Reorganization as if the Reorganization
had been consummated on December 31, 1998. The unaudited supplemental pro
forma balance sheet data give effect to the Reorganization and the Offering as
if such transactions had been consummated on December 31, 1998. The unaudited
pro forma balance sheet data and unaudited supplemental pro forma financial
data are based on assumptions that management believes are reasonable, are
presented for comparative and informational purposes only and do not purport
to represent what the Company's actual results of operations or financial
condition would have been if the Reorganization and the Offering in fact had
occurred on such dates or to project the Company's results of operations for
any future period or financial condition at any future date. The selected
historical and unaudited pro forma balance sheet data and unaudited
supplemental pro forma financial data presented below also include certain
unaudited other data. The selected financial data should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and the Financial Statements of the Company and the
Predecessor and related Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                             The Predecessor(1)                       The Company(1)
                          ---------------------------  ------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       Supplemental
                             Year Ended      Jan. 1,   Aug. 29,                         Pro Forma
                              Dec. 31,       1996 to   1996 to   Year Ended Dec. 31,    Year Ended
                          -----------------  Aug. 28,  Dec. 31,  --------------------    Dec. 31,
                            1994     1995      1996      1996      1997       1998       1998(2)
                          --------  -------  --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ------------
                                    (In thousands, except per share and unit data)
<S>                       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Statement of Operations
 Data:
Net sales...............  $  7,376  $19,635  $18,071   $  5,708  $  34,137  $  46,818    $ 46,818
Cost of sales...........     6,203   10,269    9,188      3,481     16,774     22,956      22,956
                          --------  -------  -------   --------  ---------  ---------    --------
Gross (loss) profit.....     1,173    9,366    8,883      2,227     17,363     23,862      23,862
Selling, general and
 administrative
 expenses...............    13,875    6,943    5,508      2,558      8,992     12,878      12,878
                          --------  -------  -------   --------  ---------  ---------    --------
(Loss) income from
 operations.............   (12,702)   2,423    3,375       (331)     8,371     10,984      10,984
Interest expense, net...        --       --       --        934      2,777      2,526         175
                          --------  -------  -------   --------  ---------  ---------    --------
(Loss) income before
 income tax expense.....  $(12,702) $ 2,423  $ 3,375   $ (1,265) $   5,594  $   8,458      10,809
                          ========  =======  =======   ========  =========  =========
Basic (loss) earnings
 per junior unit (3)....                               $(350.00) $1,297.25  $2,013.25
                                                       ========  =========  =========
Weighted average junior
 units outstanding .....                                  4,000      4,000      4,000
                                                       ========  =========  =========
Pro forma income tax
 expense (4)(5)(6)
 (unaudited)............                                                        3,383       4,324
                                                                            ---------    --------
Pro forma net income
 (5)(6) (unaudited).....                                                    $   5,075    $  6,485
                                                                            =========    ========
Pro forma net income per
 share, basic
 (5)(6)(7)(unaudited)...                                                    $    0.53    $   0.48
                                                                            =========    ========
Cash Flow Data:
Cash flow (used in) from
 operating activities...  $ (4,404) $ 4,841  $ 2,848   $   (222) $   6,521  $  12,228    $ 11,870
Cash flow (used in)
 investing activities...    (4,427)  (3,842)  (3,708)   (30,253)    (3,252)   (17,140)    (17,140)
Cash flow from (used in)
 financing activities...     8,778   (1,009)     860     34,216     (5,010)     4,112       3,477
Other Data (unaudited):
EBITDA (8)..............  $ (4,080) $ 3,751  $ 4,492   $    527  $  11,013  $  14,098    $ 14,098
Pounds of Trex sold.....    30,081   71,822   61,483     19,924    113,948    151,555     151,555
</TABLE>    
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                         The Predecessor(1)                        The Company(1)
                         --------------------  ------------------------------------------------------
                                 As of December 31,                   As of December 31, 1998
                         ------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
                                                                                       Supplemental
                           1994       1995      1996    1997   Actual   Pro Forma(9) Pro Forma(9)(10)
                         ---------  ---------  ------- ------- -------  ------------ ----------------
<S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>          <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
 (in thousands)
Cash and cash
 equivalents............ $      10  $      --  $ 3,741 $ 2,000 $ 1,200    $    200       $   207
Working capital.........      (403)    (1,150)   3,974   4,156  (3,172)    (11,816)          853
Total assets............    11,958     13,047   36,561  37,229  51,331      50,331        49,555
Total debt..............    38,059     37,050   29,250  26,250  33,063      33,063         6,813
Total
 members'/stockholders'
 (deficit) equity.......   (29,121)   (26,698)   3,950   7,534  13,291       4,647        37,126
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) On August 29, 1996, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets
    and assumed certain of the liabilities of the Predecessor for a purchase
    price of approximately $29.5 million. See "Certain Transactions--
    Acquisition Transactions."
 
(2) The supplemental pro forma statement of operations data have been computed
    by eliminating net interest expense of $2.4 million related to debt that
    will be repaid with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering. The
    supplemental pro forma statement of operations data do not include
    adjustments to (i) record an extraordinary loss, net of taxes, of $1.1
    million for the year ended December 31, 1998 related to the extinguishment
    of such debt or (ii) reflect recognition of a one-time non-cash tax charge
    of approximately $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1998 with
    respect to a net deferred tax liability related to the Company's
    conversion in the Reorganization to a C corporation. Such data give effect
    to the conversion as if it had occurred on January 1, 1998. The
    supplemental pro forma income tax provision is calculated at a combined
    federal and state income tax rate of 40%. See "Management's Discussion and
    Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Overview" and
    "Certain Transactions--Reorganization."
 
(3) Historical basic earnings per junior unit has been omitted for the
    Predecessor periods, since the operations for such periods were a
    component of Mobil.
 
 
(4) For the periods shown, the Predecessor was included in the consolidated
    tax return of its parent and, accordingly, no tax provision was provided.
    For all periods since inception, the Company elected to be treated as a
    partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. As a result, the
    Company's income has been taxed directly to the Company's members, rather
    than to the Company.
 
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
(5) Pro forma and supplemental pro forma net income and basic net income per
    share reflect current federal and state income taxes (assuming a 40%
    combined effective tax rate) as if the Company had been taxed as a C
    corporation for the periods presented.
 
(6) Pro forma and supplemental pro forma net income and basic net income per
    share for the year ended December 31, 1998 do not include adjustments to
    record deferred income tax expense of $1.4 million as a result of the
    Company's conversion in the Reorganization to a C corporation. Such data
    give effect to the conversion as if it had occurred on January 1, 1998.
   
(7) Assumes 9,500,000 and 13,500,000 weighted average shares outstanding
    during the year ended December 31, 1998 on a pro forma and supplemental
    pro forma basis, respectively. Diluted income per share is the same as
    basic income per share and, therefore, is not separately presented.     
 
(8) Consists of income (loss) from operations plus depreciation and
    amortization. EBITDA is presented because it is a commonly used measure of
    performance by the financial community. Although management believes
    EBITDA is a useful measure of the Company's performance, EBITDA should not
    be considered an alternative to net income (loss) as a measure of
    operating performance or to cash provided by (used for) operating
    activities as a measure of liquidity. In addition, this measure of EBITDA
    may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other
    companies.
   
(9) Reflects (i) the LLC Distribution of $5.6 million at December 31, 1998 and
    (ii) the issuance of a $3.1 million note in exchange for the preferred
    membership interest in the Company. Does not reflect a net deferred tax
    liability of $2.4 million that would have been recorded by the Company if
    it had converted to C corporation status on December 31, 1998. The $5.6
    million LLC Distribution adjustment is calculated as if the LLC
    Distribution had been made on December 31, 1998 and is based in part on
    the estimated amount of previously recognized and undistributed income of
    the Company through such date, while the $12.2 million LLC Distribution
    amount appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus also reflects the then
    estimated additional results of operations of the Company from January 1,
    1999 through the Reorganization date of April 7, 1999. The $5.6 million
    amount as of December 31, 1998 will be increased by the actual amount of
    any taxable income realized by the Company from January 1, 1999 through
    the Reorganization date. See "Certain Transactions--Reorganization."     
 
(10) Reflects (i) the LLC Distribution of $5.6 million at December 31, 1998,
     (ii) the repayment of a $3.1 million note issued in exchange for the
     preferred membership interest in the Company, (iii) a net deferred tax
     liability of $2.4 million that would have been recorded by the Company if
     it had converted to C corporation status on December 31, 1998, (iv) an
     extraordinary $1.1 million charge for the early extinguishment of debt to
     be repaid from the net proceeds of the Offering and (v) the sale by the
     Company of the Shares in the Offering and the application of the net
     proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds," "Capitalization,"
     "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
     of Operations--Overview" and "Certain Transactions--Reorganization."
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Overview
 
  The Company is the nation's largest manufacturer of non-wood decking
alternative products, which are marketed under the brand name Trex. Trex Wood-
Polymer lumber is a wood/plastic composite that offers an attractive
appearance and the workability of wood without wood's on-going maintenance
requirements and functional disadvantages. Trex is manufactured in a
proprietary process that combines waste wood fibers and reclaimed polyethylene
and is used primarily for decking. Trex also has non-decking product
applications, including industrial block flooring, applications for parks and
recreational areas, floating and fixed docks and other marine applications,
and landscape edging.
 
  The primary market for Trex is residential and commercial decking, which
accounted for approximately 85% of the Company's 1998 net sales. The Company
seeks to achieve sales growth in the decking market by converting demand for
wood decking products into demand for Trex. Wood decking accounted for
approximately 97% of 1997 decking sales (measured by board feet of lumber).
The Company's strategy to increase market acceptance of Trex is to develop and
promote the Trex brand name as a premium decking product and to emphasize the
advantages of Trex over wood decking products. The Company has invested over
$10 million during the last three years to develop Trex as a recognized brand
name. The Company focuses on the contractor-installed market segment, since
this segment represents 70% of the decking market (measured by board feet of
lumber) and since contractors generally build larger and more elaborate
residential decks than decks built by homeowners in the "do-it-yourself"
market segment.
 
  The Company has developed an extensive distribution network which
complements its branding strategy and its focus on the contractor-installed
market segment. At December 31, 1998, the Company sold Trex through
approximately 55 wholesale distribution locations. At the same date, the
Company's distributors marketed Trex to approximately 2,000 dealer outlets,
which directly service contractors and consumers.
 
  Net sales consists of sales net of returns and discounts. The Company has
experienced net sales growth each year since it began operations in 1992. The
increase in net sales is primarily attributable to the growth in sales volume,
which increased from 16.2 million pounds of finished product in 1993, the
first full year of operations, to 151.6 million pounds in 1998. The Company's
branding and product differentiation strategy enables the Company both to
command premium prices and to maintain price stability for Trex. Prices for
Trex over the last three years have increased at a compound annual growth rate
of approximately 4%.
 
  From time to time since 1992, customer demand for Trex has exceeded the
Company's manufacturing capacity. The constraints on the Company's capacity in
these periods have limited the rate of the Company's net sales growth.
 
  The Company's cost of sales consists of raw material costs, direct labor
costs and manufacturing costs, including depreciation. In the last three
years, the cost of raw materials increased an average of approximately 5.0%
annually. Almost all of the increases were attributable to higher costs of
polyethylene. Although cost of sales has increased with the growth in net
sales, cost of sales as a percentage of net sales decreased in 1998 from the
level in 1997. During this period, productivity gains from the Company's
investment in manufacturing process improvements and the addition of
production lines outweighed increases in raw material and direct labor costs.
Production line rates, which are measured in pounds of finished product per
production hour, have increased over 200%
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
since 1992, and the number of production lines has increased from one line in
1992 to seven lines in 1998. The Company expects that cost of sales as a
percentage of net sales will decrease in the first half of 1999 because the
Company has augmented its manufacturing capacity through the addition of one
new production line to its Winchester facility in December 1998 and a second
new production line in January 1999.
 
  The principal component of selling, general and administrative expenses is
sales and marketing costs, which have increased significantly as the Company
has sought to build brand awareness of Trex in the decking market. Sales and
marketing costs consist primarily of salaries, commissions and benefits paid
to sales and marketing personnel, advertising expenses and other promotional
costs. General and administrative expenses include salaries and benefits of
personnel engaged in research and development, procurement, accounting and
other business functions and office occupancy costs attributable to such
functions, as well as amortization expense. As a percentage of net sales,
selling, general and administrative expenses have varied from quarter to
quarter, especially when the Company has determined to build inventory
selectively and to continue expenditures for advertising.
 
  In connection with the Acquisition, the Company incurred indebtedness of
$29.3 million, of which $26.3 million was outstanding at December 31, 1998,
and recorded $11.3 million for goodwill and organizational cost, substantially
increasing its interest and amortization expense. The Company will repay its
Acquisition-related indebtedness with a portion of the net proceeds of the
Offering. See "Use of Proceeds." In the quarter in which the Offering is
consummated, as a result of repayment of such indebtedness, the Company will
recognize an extraordinary cash charge against income of $1.5 million on a
pre-tax basis for early extinguishment of debt and an extraordinary $0.2
million non-cash charge against income for the write-off of unamortized debt
discount. The Company is amortizing its goodwill over a 15-year period in an
amount of approximately $0.7 million per year and organizational cost over a
five-year period in an amount of approximately $0.1 million per year.
   
  The Company did not record an income tax provision for any period through
the date of the Offering. Prior to the Acquisition, the Company was included
in the consolidated tax return of its parent company. Since the Acquisition,
the Company has elected to be treated as a partnership for federal and state
income tax purposes, and the Company's income has been taxed directly to the
Company's members, rather than to the Company. As a result of the
Reorganization, the Company will be subject to income tax as a corporation
taxed in accordance with Subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code. In the
quarter in which the Offering is consummated, as a result of the Company's
conversion to C corporation status, the Company will recognize a $2.4 million
non-cash charge against income for income tax expense. The effect of this
charge will be to increase substantially the Company's effective tax rate for
the quarter in which the Reorganization is consummated. The increased
effective tax rate will be recognized only in such quarter and, accordingly,
the Company believes that its effective tax rate for subsequent periods should
not exceed approximately 40%.     
 
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
Results of Operations
 
  The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, selected
statement of operations data as a percentage of net sales:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Year Ended
                                                            December 31,
                                                         ----------------------
                                                          1996(1)  1997   1998
                                                         ------   ------  -----
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>     <C>
Net sales...............................................  100.0%   100.0% 100.0%
Cost of sales...........................................   53.3     49.1   49.0
                                                         ------   ------  -----
Gross profit............................................   46.7     50.9   51.0
Selling, general and administrative expenses............   33.9     26.3   27.5
                                                         ------   ------  -----
Income (loss) from operations...........................   12.8     24.5   23.5
Interest expense........................................    3.9      8.1    5.4
                                                         ------   ------  -----
Net income(2)...........................................    8.9%    16.4%  18.1%
                                                         ======   ======  =====
</TABLE>
- --------
(1)  Reflects the sum of the selected statement of operations data for the
     Predecessor during the period January 1, 1996 to August 28, 1996 and for
     the Company during the period August 29, 1996 to December 31, 1996.
 
(2)  The Company did not record an income tax provision for any period through
     the date of the Offering. The Predecessor was included in the
     consolidated tax return of its parent company and, accordingly, no tax
     provision was provided. The Company has elected to be treated as a
     partnership for federal and state income tax purposes for all periods
     since inception. As a result, the income of the Company has been taxed
     for such purposes directly to the Company's members, rather than to the
     Company.
 
1998 Compared to 1997
 
  Net Sales. Net sales increased 37.2% to $46.8 million in 1998 from $34.1
million in 1997. The increase in net sales was attributable to the growth in
sales volume, which increased to 151.6 million pounds of finished product in
1998 from 113.9 million pounds in 1997, and, to a lesser extent, to a price
increase of approximately 3.1%. Production line rate increases and the
addition of a sixth production line in the second quarter of 1998
significantly increased the Company's production capacity in 1998. To
stimulate demand for Trex, the Company increased expenditures on network and
cable television advertising and instituted incentive sales programs in 1998.
Increased sales of a railing product and a Trex color introduced in 1997 also
contributed to the higher sales volume. The Company substantially increased
the number of dealer outlets, from approximately 1,500 at December 31, 1997 to
approximately 2,000 at December 31, 1998.
 
  Cost of Sales. Cost of sales increased 36.9% to $23.0 million in 1998 from
$16.8 million in 1997. All components of cost of sales increased to support
the higher level of sales activity. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales
decreased to 49.0% in 1998 from 49.1% in 1997. The decline principally
reflected operating efficiencies from improved production line rates.
 
  Gross Profit. Gross profit increased 37.4% to $23.9 million in 1998 from
$17.4 million in 1997, reflecting the higher sales volume in 1998. Gross
profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 51.0% in 1998 from 50.9% in
1997. The contribution to gross profit of greater operating efficiencies more
than offset the effects of discounts offered by the Company to distributors in
1998 as part of its sales incentive programs.
 
  Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased 43.3% to $12.9 million in 1998 from $9.0
million in 1997. The increase was primarily attributable to higher sales and
marketing expenses, which increased 47.1% to $7.5 million in 1998
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
from $5.1 million in 1997. The largest component of the increase was
advertising and promotion costs, which increased 50.6% as the Company expanded
promotion of the Trex brand on network and cable television. The Company also
incurred higher personnel costs through additions to its sales and marketing
staff. The increase in corporate personnel and the upgrading of accounting and
other systems to support growth contributed to a 61.0% increase in general and
administrative expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a
percentage of net sales increased to 27.5% in 1998 from 26.3% in 1997.
 
  Interest Expense. Net interest expense decreased 10.7% to $2.5 million in
1998 from $2.8 million in 1997. The decrease primarily resulted from lower
average borrowings attributable to the Company's prepayment of $3.0 million
principal amount of Senior Notes in the second quarter of 1997.
 
1997 Compared to 1996
 
  Net Sales. Net sales increased 43.3% to $34.1 million in 1997 from $23.8
million in the period January 1, 1996 to August 28, 1996 and the period August
29, 1996 to December 31, 1996 (such periods together, "1996"). The increase in
net sales was attributable to the growth in sales volume, which increased to
113.9 million pounds of finished product in 1997 from 81.4 million pounds in
1996, and, to a lesser extent, to a price increase of approximately 2.9%. The
Company's production capacity in 1997 was significantly augmented by a fifth
production line added in the third quarter of 1996. The Company used the
additional capacity to build up inventories in late 1996 for sale in 1997. The
introduction of a new railing product and a new Trex color also contributed to
the higher sales volume in 1997. The Company significantly expanded its
distribution network by increasing the number of dealer outlets from
approximately 1,200 at December 31, 1996 to approximately 1,500 at December
31, 1997.
 
  Cost of Sales. Cost of sales increased 32.3% to $16.8 million in 1997 from
$12.7 million in 1996. Raw materials purchases, direct labor costs and
manufacturing costs all increased to support the higher sales volume in 1997.
Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales declined to 49.1% in 1997 from
53.3% in 1996. The decline was primarily attributable to improved production
line rates resulting from the efforts of an engineering team assigned in 1996
to focus on productivity improvements.
 
  Gross Profit. Gross profit increased 55.9% to $17.3 million in 1997 from
$11.1 million in 1996, reflecting the higher sales volume in 1997. Gross
profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 50.9% in 1997 from 46.7% in
1996. The increase was primarily attributable to operating efficiencies
resulting from improved production line rates.
 
  Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased 11.1% to $9.0 million in 1997 from $8.1
million in 1996. The increase resulted principally from higher sales and
marketing expenses, which increased 21.4% to $5.1 million in 1997 from
$4.2 million in 1996. An increase of 14.8% in advertising costs over 1997 and
the addition of new sales and marketing personnel contributed to the higher
sales and marketing expenses. The increased general and administrative
expenses in 1997 reflected an expense of $0.8 million from amortization of
goodwill and organizational costs incurred in connection with the Acquisition.
Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales
decreased to 26.3% in 1997 from 33.9% in 1996.
 
  Interest Expense. Net interest expense increased to $2.8 million in 1997
from $0.9 million in 1996. The increase reflected a full year of interest
expense on indebtedness incurred in connection with the Acquisition. See
"Certain Transactions--Acquisition Transactions."
 
Seasonality
 
  The Company's net sales and income from operations historically have varied
from quarter to quarter. Such variations are principally attributable to
seasonal trends in the demand for Trex. The
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
Company experiences lower net sales levels during the fourth quarter, in which
holidays and adverse weather conditions in certain regions usually reduce the
level of home improvement and new construction activity. Income from
operations and net income tend to be lower in quarters with lower sales due to
a lower gross margin which is not offset by a corresponding reduction in
selling, general and administrative expenses, in part because the Company
continues to make advertising expenditures throughout the year. The Company
utilizes a variety of sales incentive programs with customers to reduce the
effects of seasonality.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
   
  The Company historically has financed its operations and growth primarily
with cash flow from operations, operating leases, normal trade credit terms
and borrowings under its credit facility.     
 
  The Company's cash flow from operating activities was $12.2 million in 1998,
$6.5 million in 1997 and $2.6 million in 1996. Higher sales volume accounted
for the significant increase in cash flows in 1998.
   
  The Company's working capital generally averages between 12% and 18% of
annual net sales. The Company's working capital needs correlate closely with
the level of the Company's net sales. Consequently, the Company's short-term
borrowing requirements are affected by the seasonality of its business. The
Company currently maintains a revolving credit facility which provides for
borrowings of up to $10.0 million for working capital. In addition, under this
facility, the Company may obtain a total of $7.5 million of term loans to
finance equipment purchases. Amounts drawn under the revolving credit facility
and any term loans bear interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.0%.
The revolving credit facility will mature on May 31, 2001. The unpaid
principal balance of term loans outstanding on August 31, 1999 will be payable
in consecutive monthly payments beginning October 1, 1999, and the entire
unpaid principal balance of the term loans and all accrued interest thereon
will be payable in full on April 1, 2000.     
 
  The Company financed its purchase of its Winchester, Virginia facility in
June 1998 with a ten-year term loan of $3.8 million. Pursuant to an interest
rate swap agreement, the Company pays interest on this loan at an annual rate
of 7.12%.
 
  The Company financed its purchase of the Trex Technical Center in November
1998 in part with the proceeds of a ten-year term loan of $1.0 million.
Pursuant to an interest rate swap agreement, the Company pays interest on this
loan at an annual rate of 6.8%.
   
  The Company financed its acquisition of the site for its second
manufacturing facility in December 1998 in part with a $2.1 million loan which
is payable in September 1999. The Company will finance construction of the
facility in part with proceeds of up to $4.6 million under a construction loan
which is payable in November 1999. The site acquisition and construction loans
accrue interest at an annual rate of 7.5%. The Company intends to refinance
both loans with long-term borrowings. The Company will use cash flow from
operations and borrowings under its credit facility to fund a portion of the
costs of constructing and equipping its new manufacturing facility. See "Use
of Proceeds" and "Business--Manufacturing Process."     
 
  As of December 31, 1998, the Company's long-term indebtedness, including
current portion, was $33.1 million, with an overall weighted average interest
rate of 9.7%. Of such indebtedness, $26.3 million principal amount of the
Senior Notes and the Subordinated Notes will be repaid from the net proceeds
of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
  The Company's major market risk exposure is to changing interest rates. The
Company's policy is to manage interest rates through the use of a combination
of fixed and floating rate debt. The
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
Company uses interest rate swap contracts to manage its exposure to
fluctuations in interest rates on its floating-rate debt, substantially all of
which is based on LIBOR. At December 31, 1998, the Company had effectively
capped its interest rate exposure at approximately 7% on approximately $4.7
million of its floating rate debt through 2008. See Note 6 to the Financial
Statements of TREX Company, LLC appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
   
  As part of the Reorganization, the Company will make the LLC Distribution of
approximately $12.2 million to certain of its members. A portion of the net
proceeds of the Offering will be used to pay approximately $4.7 million of the
LLC Distribution. The Company will fund the balance of the LLC Distribution of
approximately $7.5 million from cash on hand and drawings under its credit
facility. The estimated amount of the LLC Distribution will be paid not later
than the date of consummation of the Offering. The amount of the LLC
Distribution and the amount of the net proceeds of the Offering to be applied
in respect thereof are subject to adjustment based on the Company's actual
taxable income from January 1, 1999 through the Reorganization date of April
7, 1999. See "Certain Transactions--Reorganization."     
   
  Expansion of the Company's production capacity will require significant
capital expenditures. The Company currently estimates that its aggregate
capital requirements in 1999 and 2000 will total approximately $23.8 million,
of which approximately $20.3 million is expected to be incurred in 1999 and
approximately $3.5 million in 2000. Capital expenditures will be used
primarily for the construction and equipping of the Company's new
manufacturing facility, which will be located near Reno, Nevada and which the
Company expects to begin production in the fourth quarter of 1999. The Company
believes that cash on hand, cash flow from operations and borrowings expected
to be available under the Company's credit agreements and construction loan
for the new facility will provide sufficient funds to enable the Company to
expand its business as currently planned for at least the next 12 months. The
actual amount and timing of the Company's future capital requirements may
differ materially from the Company's estimate depending on the demand for Trex
and new market developments and opportunities. The Company may determine that
it is necessary or desirable to obtain financing for such requirements through
bank borrowings or the issuance of debt or equity securities. Debt financing
would increase the leverage of the Company, while equity financing may dilute
the ownership of the Company's stockholders. There can be no assurance as to
whether, or as to the terms on which, the Company will be able to obtain such
financing.     
   
Year 2000 Issue     
 
  The Company's Program. The Company has undertaken a program to address the
Year 2000 issue with respect to the following: (i) the Company's information
technology and operating systems (including its billing, accounting and
financial reporting systems); (ii) the Company's non-information technology
systems (such as buildings, plant, equipment and other infrastructure systems
that may contain embedded microcontroller technology); (iii) certain systems
of the Company's major suppliers and material service providers (insofar as
such systems relate to the Company's business activities with such parties);
and (iv) the Company's major distributors (insofar as the Year 2000 issue
relates to the ability of such distributors to distribute Trex to the
Company's dealer outlets). As described below, the Company's Year 2000 program
involves (i) an assessment of the Year 2000 problems that may affect the
Company, (ii) the development of remedies to address the problems discovered
in the assessment phase, (iii) the testing of such remedies and (iv) the
preparation of contingency plans to deal with worst case scenarios.
 
  Assessment Phase. As part of the assessment phase of its program, the
Company will attempt to identify substantially all of the major components of
the systems described above. To determine the extent to which such systems are
vulnerable to the Year 2000 issue, the Company has completed
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
an evaluation of its software applications and began remediation and testing
activities for such applications in the first quarter of 1999. In addition, in
the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company completed its distribution of letters
to certain of its major suppliers and other material service providers and to
the Company's major distributors, requesting them to provide the Company with
detailed, written information concerning existing or anticipated Year 2000
compliance by their systems insofar as the systems relate to such parties'
business activities with the Company. The Company is currently processing the
responses to those inquiries and re-soliciting responses from those entities
that have not yet responded.
 
  Remediation and Testing Phase. Based upon the results of its assessment
efforts, the Company will undertake remediation and testing activities. The
Company intends to complete this phase by June 30, 1999. The activities
conducted during the remediation and testing phase are intended to address
potential Year 2000 problems in computer software used by the Company in its
information technology and non-information technology systems in an attempt to
demonstrate that this software will be made substantially Year 2000 compliant
on a timely basis. In this phase, the Company will first evaluate a program
application and, if a potential Year 2000 problem is identified, will take
steps to attempt to remediate the problem and individually test the
application to confirm that the remediating changes are effective and have not
adversely affected the functionality of that application. After the individual
applications and system components have undergone remediation and testing
phases, the Company will conduct integrated testing for the purpose of
demonstrating functional integrated systems operation.
 
  Contingency Plans. The Company intends to develop contingency plans to
handle its most reasonably likely worst case Year 2000 scenarios, which it has
not yet identified fully. The Company intends to complete its determination of
such worst case scenarios after it has received and analyzed responses to
substantially all of the inquiries it has made of third parties and completed
its remediation and testing activities. The Company expects to complete
development of its contingency plans by August 31, 1999.
 
  Costs Related to the Year 2000 Issue. To date, the Company has incurred
approximately $5,000 in costs for its Year 2000 program. Such costs do not
include internal staff costs, consisting principally of payroll costs,
incurred on Year 2000 matters, because the Company does not separately track
such costs. The Company currently estimates that it will incur additional
costs (excluding internal staff costs), which are not expected to exceed
approximately $50,000, to complete its Year 2000 compliance work. Such costs
will constitute approximately 40% of the Company's budgeted expenditures for
information technology. Actual costs may vary from the foregoing estimates
based on the Company's evaluation of responses to its third-party inquiries
and on the results of its remediation and testing activities. The Company
expects to fund its Year 2000 remediation costs out of the cash flows
generated by its operations. The Company has not deferred any of its
information technology projects to date as a result of the Year 2000 issue.
 
  Risks Related to the Year 2000 Issue. Although the Company's Year 2000
efforts are intended to minimize the adverse effects of the Year 2000 issue on
the Company's business and operations, the actual effects of the issue and the
success or failure of the Company's efforts described above cannot be known
until the year 2000. Failure by the Company and its major suppliers, other
material service providers and major distributors to address adequately their
respective Year 2000 issues in a timely manner (insofar as such issues relate
to the Company's business) could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Inflation
 
  Inflation did not have a material impact on the Company's operating results
in 1998, 1997 or 1996.
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS
 
General
 
  The Company is the nation's largest manufacturer of non-wood decking
alternative products, which are marketed under the brand name Trex(R). Trex
Wood-Polymer(TM) lumber is a wood/plastic composite that offers an attractive
appearance and the workability of wood without wood's on-going maintenance
requirements and functional disadvantages. Trex is manufactured in a
proprietary process that combines waste wood fibers and reclaimed polyethylene
and is used primarily for residential and commercial decking. The Company
promotes Trex among consumers and contractors as a premium decking product.
Net sales of Trex increased from $0.6 million in 1992 to $46.8 million in
1998. Income from operations increased from a loss of $5.6 million in 1992 to
a profit of $11.0 million in 1998.
 
  The Company seeks to achieve sales growth in the decking market by
converting demand for wood decking products into demand for Trex. The Company
intends to continue to develop and promote the Trex brand name as a premium
decking product and to focus on the contractor-installed market segment. This
segment represents approximately 70% of the decking market (measured by board
feet of lumber) and contractors generally build larger, more elaborate
residential decks than decks built by homeowners in the "do-it-yourself"
market segment. The Company sells its products through approximately 55
wholesale distribution locations, which in turn sell Trex to approximately
2,000 dealer outlets across the United States.
 
  The Company was formed in August 1996 in a buyout of the assets of Mobil's
Composite Products Division. Mobil established the Composite Products Division
in April 1992 after purchasing the technology and related assets used to
create Trex. The buyout was led by four senior Mobil executives with over 75
years of combined management experience.
 
Decking Market Overview
 
  The decking market is part of the substantial home improvement market.
Expenditures for residential improvements and repairs totaled approximately
$118 billion in 1997, according to the U.S. Department of Commerce, and the
home improvement market grew at a compound annual growth rate of 3.7% for the
seven-year period ended December 31, 1997. The primary market for Trex is
residential decking and, to a lesser extent, commercial decking. Annual
factory sales in 1997 of residential decking and commercial decking totaled
approximately $1.7 billion (approximately 2.0 billion board feet of lumber)
and approximately $200 million (approximately 225 million board feet of
lumber), respectively. This market includes all decking products other than
posts, beams and columns used for a deck's substructure. For the seven-year
period ended December 31, 1997, factory sales of all residential decking
increased at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 8%. In recent
years, factory sales of non-wood alternative decking products to the
residential market have increased at a compound annual growth rate of over
25%.
 
  The growth in demand for residential decking reflects the increasing
popularity of decks as a means of extending living areas and providing outdoor
recreation and entertainment spaces. Residential decking purchases include the
installation of new and replacement decks for existing homes, construction of
decks for new homes and repair of existing decks. An industry study estimates
that more than three million decks are built each year. Deck repair,
modernization and replacement are expected to increase as existing decks age.
 
  The majority of decks are built for existing homes as new additions or to
replace other decks. During periods of economic uncertainty, when spending on
discretionary items is reduced, many homeowners forego the purchase of new
homes and choose to improve their existing residences. Adding a deck has
become one of the most popular home improvement projects. Construction of
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
decking is a relatively low-cost means of adding livable space, and industry
studies indicate that decking improvements generally return a significant
percentage of their cost at the time of resale. The Company estimates that the
installation cost of a majority of decks ranges from $2,000 to $5,000. More
than half of all decks are constructed one to five years after a home is
purchased. Accordingly, there is typically an increased demand for decking in
the five-year period following a peak in home sales. The Company believes
that, because residential deck construction is not primarily tied to new home
activity, the residential decking market historically has not experienced the
high level of cyclicality common to businesses in the new home construction
and building materials industries.
 
  The Company estimates that contractors, including homebuilders, install
approximately 60% of all residential decks, accounting for approximately 70%
of the board feet used. The balance of residential decks are installed by "do-
it-yourself" homeowners. Contractors generally either specialize in deck
installation or build decks in connection with new home construction or home
improvement and remodeling projects. Contractor-installed decks on average are
larger and more elaborate than decks installed by homeowners.
 
  Commercial decks are constructed for restaurants, hotels, nature walks and
boardwalks. These decking applications typically have more demanding design
and installation requirements than those for residential decking. Product
liability and maintenance costs are major issues for commercial installations.
As a result, safety and maintenance features of decking products particularly
influence buying decisions in this market segment.
 
  The following table sets forth, in board feet of lumber, the percentage of
1997 factory sales to the decking market generated by each product category
indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Percentage of
Product                                                       1997 Factory Sales
- -------                                                       ------------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Wood.........................................................         97%
100% plastic.................................................          1
Wood/plastic composites......................................          2
                                                                     ---
                                                                     100%
                                                                     ===
</TABLE>
 
  More than 75% of wooden decks are fabricated from southern yellow pine,
which is pressure-treated with insecticides and other chemicals to create
resistance to insect infestation and decay. The balance of the wood decking
segment is primarily divided between redwood and cedar products. The 100%
plastic decking products utilize polyethylene, fiberglass and polyvinyl
chloride ("PVC") as raw materials. Wood/plastic composites are produced from a
combination of wood fiber and polyethylene or other commonly used polymers.
Growing consumer awareness of the product attributes of non-wood decking
alternatives and the decline in lumber quality and quantity have contributed
to increased sales of 100% plastic lumber and wood/plastic composites for
decking.
 
  Production and distribution operations in the decking market are highly
fragmented. Treated southern yellow pine is produced by wood preservers that
operate approximately 550 treatment plants in the United States. These
treated-wood suppliers are predominantly small companies with a regional
distribution focus. An estimated six to eight companies supply redwood to the
decking market, while cedar supplies are produced by a few large suppliers and
approximately 20 to 30 small, regional suppliers that market varieties of
cedar grown in their areas. In 1997, according to an industry study, non-wood
decking materials were manufactured by approximately 20 companies, of which
less than half had annual revenues of over $5 million.
   
  Distributors of wood decking materials typically supply lumber to lumber
yards and home center outlets, which in turn supply the materials to home
builders, contractors and homeowners. Manufacturers of non-wood decking
alternatives also generally use these distribution channels, since     
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
many such alternative products can be stacked, stored and installed like wood
products. Certain non-wood decking alternatives, however, are sold to
specialty dealers who provide the special selling support needed to build
consumer awareness of new products.
 
  Wood decking products generally are not associated with brand
identification. The primary softwoods used for decking (treated southern
yellow pine, redwood and cedar) are sold as commodities graded according to
classifications established by the U.S. Department of Commerce. Pricing is
based on species, grade, size and level of chemical treatment, if any. There
generally is no pricing differentiation based on brand, although certain wood
preservers have attempted to brand their treated wood products. The Company
believes that these companies, which it estimates represent less than 5% of
the treated wood market, have not established meaningful brand name
recognition.
 
Competitive Strengths
 
  The Company believes that its primary competitive strengths are the
following:
 
  Superior Product. Trex offers a number of significant advantages over wood
decking products. Trex eliminates many of wood's major functional
disadvantages, which include warping, splitting and other damage from
moisture. Trex requires no sealing to protect against moisture damage,
provides a splinter-free surface and needs no chemical treatment against
insect infestation. These features of Trex eliminate the on-going maintenance
requirements for a wood deck and make Trex less costly than wood over the life
of the deck. Like wood, Trex is slip-resistant, even when wet, can be painted
or stained and is not vulnerable to damage from ultraviolet rays. The special
characteristics of Trex, including resistance to splitting, flexibility, and
ease and consistency of machining and finishing, facilitate deck installation,
reduce contractor call-back and afford customers a wide range of design
options.
 
  Brand Name Development. The Company has invested over $10 million during the
last three years to develop Trex as a recognized brand name in the residential
and commercial decking market. The Company's marketing strategy has been to
promote Trex among consumers and contractors as a premium decking product. The
Company uses extensive print and television advertising to build brand
awareness among homeowners and commercial users and targets decking
contractors with advertisements in leading building and remodeling magazines.
Brand name recognition helps to generate demand for Trex directly among
consumers and also among distributors and dealers, who recommend Trex to
contractors and other consumers. The Company believes that its branding
strategy promotes product differentiation of Trex in a market which is not
generally characterized by brand identification and enables the Company both
to command premium prices and to maintain price stability for Trex.
 
  Extensive Distribution Network. The Company has developed an extensive
distribution network which complements its branding strategy and focus on the
contractor-installed market segment. At December 31, 1998, the Company sold
Trex through approximately 55 wholesale distribution locations. At the same
date, the Company's distributors marketed Trex to approximately 2,000 dealer
outlets, which directly service contractors and consumers. The Company selects
distributors based upon their anticipated commitment to Trex, and the
Company's distribution network devotes significant resources to promoting and
selling Trex. All distributors have appointed a Trex specialist, regularly
conduct dealer training sessions, fund demonstration projects and participate
in local advertising campaigns and home shows. These distributors generally
sell Trex as their only non-wood decking alternative and agree in their
distribution agreements with the Company not to market other wood/plastic
composites with the same applications as Trex.
 
  Investment in Manufacturing Process and Product Development. Production of a
non-wood decking alternative like Trex requires significant capital
investment, special process know-how and
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
time to develop. The Company has invested approximately $34 million and six
years in expansion of its manufacturing capacity, manufacturing process
improvements, new product development and product enhancements. The Company's
investment of time and capital has enabled it to increase the number of
production lines from one to eight and its manufacturing line production rates
by more than 200% since 1992, has facilitated the Company's development of new
products and has produced improvements in the dimensional consistency, surface
texture and color uniformity of the Trex product line.
 
  Building Code Listing. Trex is the only non-wood decking alternative to
receive a product building code listing either from the NES or from any of the
three NES regional members that establish construction standards in the United
States. Since receiving its NES listing in 1995, Trex has been the only non-
wood alternative decking product published in all major code books throughout
the country. The Company's listing facilitates the acquisition of building
permits by residential consumers of Trex. The Company believes that its
listing promotes customer and industry acceptance of Trex as a substitute for
wood in decking.
 
  Experienced Management Team. The Company is managed by four experienced
senior executives who led the buyout of Mobil's Composite Products Division in
1996. The Company's executives have managed billion-dollar operations as well
as smaller, high-growth divisions and product rollouts within and outside of
Mobil. They have approximately 75 years of combined management experience at
Mobil across a wide range of management functions.
 
Growth Strategies
 
  The Company's goals are to continue to be the leading producer of a superior
non-wood decking alternative product, to increase its market share of the
decking market and to expand new products and geographic markets. To attain
these goals, the Company employs the following strategies:
 
  Continue Brand Name Development. The Company plans to increase its
investment in, and the resources devoted to, development of the Trex brand.
The Company's branding efforts will focus on implementation of enhanced
integrated advertising, public relations and trade programs. The Company's
sales growth in the decking market will largely depend on converting demand
for wood products into demand for Trex. Accordingly, the Company's branding
strategy will continue to emphasize the advantages of Trex over wood decking
products. The Company's brand building programs also are designed to support
the positioning of Trex as a premium product in the decking market.
 
  Expand Distribution Coverage. The Company intends to establish comprehensive
national coverage for Trex. To achieve this objective, the Company expects to
increase the number of dealer outlets selling Trex over the next three years
by 50% to approximately 3,000 outlets. The Company will seek to expand its
dealer network by adding new distributors and increasing the number of its
wholesale distribution locations to approximately 75 distribution locations
from its base of approximately 55 at December 31, 1998.
 
  Increase Production Capacity. Currently, customer demand for Trex exceeds
the Company's manufacturing capacity. To support sales growth and improve
customer service, the Company plans to increase output by increasing
productivity in its existing facility in Winchester, Virginia and by beginning
production in an additional manufacturing facility near Reno, Nevada in the
fourth quarter of 1999. The Company recently augmented its production capacity
at the Winchester facility by adding one new production line in December 1998
and a second new production line in January 1999. The addition of these two
production lines will enable the Company to increase its current manufacturing
capacity by approximately a 40% by mid-1999. With the second manufacturing
facility in operation, the Company expects by the end of 1999 to double its
production capacity from the level sustained in December 1998.
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
  Invest in Process and Product Development. The Company will continue to make
substantial investments in process and product development to support new
products and improve product consistency, reduce manufacturing costs and
increase operating efficiencies. In the third quarter of 1998, the Company
centralized its research and development operations in the Trex Technical
Center, a 30,000 square foot building adjacent to its Winchester manufacturing
facility.
 
  Increase New Product Development and Export Markets. As part of its long-
term growth strategy, the Company will continue to develop opportunities for
Trex in new products and product applications and in geographic markets beyond
the Company's U.S. base. In 1998, the Company derived approximately 15% of its
net sales from sales of Trex for non-decking applications, including
industrial block flooring, applications for parks and recreational areas,
floating and fixed docks and other marine applications, and landscape edging.
The Company believes that the product characteristics of Trex are well suited
to satisfy the diverse appearance, performance and safety requirements of
these and other potential product applications. In expanding its geographic
scope of operations, the Company plans to increase exports to Canada, where it
currently has limited sales, and explore export opportunities in the
Caribbean, Latin America and selected parts of Europe.
 
Products
 
  The Company manufactures Trex Wood-Polymer lumber, a composite product that
offers an attractive appearance and the workability of wood without wood's on-
going maintenance requirements and functional disadvantages. Trex is
manufactured in a proprietary process that combines waste wood fibers and
reclaimed polyethylene. Trex is produced in popular lumber sizes and is
currently sold in three colors: Natural, Winchester Grey and Woodland Brown.
 
  Approximately 85% of the Company's 1998 net sales were derived from sales of
Trex to the residential and commercial decking market. Trex also has a number
of non-decking product applications, which generated the remaining 15% of the
Company's 1998 net sales. These applications currently include blocks to cover
and protect concrete sub-floors in heavy industrial plants; applications for
parks and recreational areas, including playground structures, picnic tables
and benches, fencing and theme park applications; floating and fixed docks and
other marine applications; and landscape edging. Trex does not have the
tensile strength of wood and, as a result, is not used as a primary structural
member in posts, beams or columns used in a deck's substructure.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
  The Company's marketing activities at December 31, 1998 were conducted by 17
employees, of whom 12 were field sales representatives providing nationwide
sales coverage. The sales representatives, who are assigned to particular
geographic markets, are primarily responsible for servicing the Company's
wholesale distributors, assisting in dealer and contractor training, meeting
with architects and specifiers and providing support at regional home shows
and other consumer events. The Company maintains a commission program for its
sales force which is designed to reward achievement of sales goals and to
promote sales growth.
 
  The Company's sales growth in the decking market will largely depend on
converting demand for wood products into demand for Trex. Accordingly, the
Company's branding strategy will continue to emphasize the advantages of Trex
over wood decking products. The Company's marketing efforts are focused on the
residential and commercial decking market. The Company has implemented a two-
pronged marketing program directed at consumers and contractors. The Company
seeks to develop consumer brand awareness and contractor preference to
generate demand for Trex among dealers and distributors, who then recommend
Trex to other contractors and consumers. The following are the key elements of
the Company's marketing program:
 
  Consumer Advertising. The Company engages in extensive television
advertising. In 1998, the Company ran network and cable television
advertisements over an 18-week period during
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
the first half of the year featuring 30-second spots on shows such as ABC's
Good Morning America and NBC's Today.
   
  The Company also advertises Trex extensively in popular magazines, including
Better Homes & Gardens, Sunset and Martha Stewart Living. The 1998 print
advertising campaign included full-page color magazine advertisements
featuring the Company's new spokesman, Willard Scott, of NBC's Today.     
 
  Public Relations. The Company employs a public relations firm to stimulate
interest in Trex by the print and broadcast media. During 1998, print and
broadcast stories featuring Trex generated a total of 125 million
"impressions," which represent potential viewings.
 
  Trade Advertising and Promotion. To build a brand name for Trex with decking
contractors, the Company reaches a professional building audience through
advertisements in leading building and remodeling magazines, including
Builder, Building Products, Fine Homebuilding, Journal of Light Construction
and other well-known publications.
 
  Homebuilder Program. In 1998, the Company inaugurated a program to provide
promotional allowances and display materials to homebuilders who use Trex for
their model home decks and agree to promote Trex. Over 60 homebuilders
currently participate in the program.
 
  Trade and Home Shows. The Company annually exhibits Trex at five major trade
shows for homebuilders, contractors and specifiers that have a total
attendance of approximately 200,000. The Company also exhibits its product
line at major regional home and garden shows. Distributors, dealers and
contractors experienced in Trex provide additional support by exhibiting Trex
at smaller local home shows.
 
  Showcase Projects. Trex obtains further brand name recognition through its
association with highly publicized showcase projects. Trex has been used in a
number of such projects, including the Presidential Trail at Mount Rushmore,
the Toronto Boardwalk on Lake Ontario Shores, the Florida Everglades Walkways
and the Grand Canyon Education Center.
 
  Consumer Research. From time to time, the Company commissions consumer
research studies to gain a better understanding of the needs of the decking
market, the ability of Trex to meet those needs relative to competitive
products and consumer acceptance of Trex as a decking material.
 
Distribution
 
  Approximately 95% of Trex net sales are made through the Company's wholesale
distribution network. At December 31, 1998, the Company sold its Trex product
line to 22 wholesale companies operating from approximately 55 distribution
locations. At the same date, the Company's distributors marketed Trex to
approximately 2,000 dealer outlets across the United States. Although the
Company's dealers sell to both homeowners and contractors, their sales efforts
are primarily directed at professional contractors, remodelers and
homebuilders. The remaining 5% of the Company's net sales are made directly to
industrial floor fabricators, playground material distributors and other
accounts.
 
  Wholesale Distributors. The Company believes attracting wholesale
distributors who are committed to Trex and the Trex marketing approach and who
can effectively sell Trex to contractor-oriented lumber yards is important to
its future growth. The Company believes its distributors are able to provide
value-added service in marketing Trex because they sell premium wood decking
products and other building supplies, which typically require product training
and personal selling efforts.
 
  Pursuant to its agreement with each wholesale distributor, the Company
appoints the distributor on a non-exclusive basis to distribute Trex within a
specified area. The distributor generally purchases Trex at the Company's
prices in effect at the time the Company ships the product to the distributor.
The distributor is required to maintain specified minimum inventories of Trex
during certain portions
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
of each year. Upon the expiration of the initial one-year term, the agreement
is automatically renewed for additional one-year terms unless either party
provides notice of termination at least 60 days before the expiration of any
renewal term. The distributor may terminate the agreement at any time upon 60
or 90 days' notice, while the Company may terminate the agreement upon 60 or
90 days' notice or immediately upon the happening of certain events, including
a failure by the distributor to maintain the required minimum inventories of
Trex.
 
  The Company requires its wholesale distributors to contribute significant
resources to support Trex. All wholesale distributors have appointed a Trex
specialist, regularly conduct dealer training sessions, fund demonstration
projects and participate in local advertising campaigns and home shows. The
Company sponsors intensive two-day training seminars to help train Trex
specialists.
 
  In 1997 and 1998, the Company generated in excess of 10% of its net sales to
each of five wholesale distribution companies: Capital Lumber Company, Furman
Lumber, Inc., OrePac Building Products, Inc., Plunkett-Webster Inc. and
Snavely Forest Products, Inc. These distributors collectively accounted for
approximately 68% and 74% of the Company's net sales in 1997 and 1998,
respectively. Other than Plunkett-Webster, Inc., which accounted for between
15% and 20% of the Company's net sales in both years, each of such
distributors accounted for less than 15% of the Company's net sales. In 1996,
the Company generated in excess of 10% of its net sales to each of three
wholesale distribution companies: Capital Lumber Company, Plunkett-Webster,
Inc. and Snavely Forest Products, Inc. These distributors collectively
accounted for approximately 52% of the Company's net sales in 1996. Capital
Lumber Company and Plunkett-Webster, Inc. each accounted for between 15% and
20% of the Company's 1996 net sales, while Snavely Forest Products, Inc.
accounted for less than 15% of such net sales.
 
  To augment its dealer outlets, the Company plans to add new distributors and
increase the number of its wholesale distribution locations over the next
three years to approximately 75.
 
  Retail Lumber Dealers. Of the approximately 25,000 retail outlets in the
United States that sell lumber, approximately 5,000 are independent lumber
yards that emphasize sales to contractors and are the primary market for Trex.
Although there is demand for Trex from both the "do-it-yourself" homeowner and
contractor, the Company's sales efforts emphasize the contractor-installed
market to achieve premium product positioning for Trex and to ensure that the
installations will have professional craftsmanship. The Company's retail
dealers generally provide sales personnel trained in Trex, contractor
training, inventory commitment and point-of-sale display support. To establish
comprehensive national coverage for Trex, the Company plans to increase the
number of its dealer outlets over the next three years from approximately
2,000 at December 31, 1998 to approximately 3,000.
 
  Contractor Training. The Company has provided training about Trex to over
20,000 contractors since 1995. Contractors receive a Trex Contractor Kit
containing a product handbook, sales literature and product samples as part of
their training. The Company has established a "Builders Club" to strengthen
its relationship with premium decking contractors.
 
  Dealer Locator Service and Web Site. The Company maintains a toll-free
telephone service for use by consumers and building professionals to locate
the closest dealer offering Trex and to obtain product information. The
Company uses these calls to generate sales leads for contractors, dealers,
distributors and Trex sales representatives. The Company also analyzes caller
information to assess the effectiveness of its promotional and advertising
activities.
 
  As an additional source of information to consumers, dealers and
distributors, the Company operates a Web site, which provides product
installation information, handling instructions, a dealer locator service,
photographs of showcase installations, technical reports and other
information.
 
  Shipment. The Company ships Trex to distributors by truck and rail. Western
distributors principally receive shipments by rail. Distributors pay all
shipping and delivery charges.
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
Manufacturing Process
 
  Trex is manufactured at the Company's 100,000 square foot facility in
Winchester, Virginia. The facility currently has eight production lines, each
of which is highly automated and on average requires fewer than five employees
to operate per shift.
 
  In 1998, the Company's Winchester facility had a total capacity of 155
million pounds per year of finished product and was operating at its full
capacity. To support sales growth and improve customer service, the Company
added one new production line to the facility in December 1998 and a second
new production line in January 1999. The Company expects that, after the two
new lines achieve their full operating capacity in mid-1999, the addition of
these lines will increase the facility's total capacity to 215 million pounds
of finished product per year, or approximately 40% over the December 1998
level.
   
  In December 1998, the Company acquired the site for an additional
manufacturing facility in Fernley, Nevada, which is located approximately 30
miles east of Reno. The Company estimates that the total cost of the site
acquisition, construction and equipping of the new facility will be
approximately $19.6 million. The Company expects to fund this cost with
approximately $6.7 million of borrowings under site acquisition and
construction loans and approximately $12.9 million from its operating cash
flow and borrowings under its credit facility. Construction of the
manufacturing facility began in January 1999. The Company anticipates that the
new facility will begin production in the fourth quarter of 1999. The facility
will occupy 150,000 square feet and will initially have two production lines.
With its second manufacturing facility in operation, the Company expects by
the end of 1999 to double its production capacity from the level sustained in
December 1998. See "Risk Factors--Ability to Increase Manufacturing Capacity"
and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."     
 
  Trex is manufactured from waste wood fiber and reclaimed polyethylene
("poly"). The composition of Trex Wood-Polymer lumber is approximately 50%
wood fiber and 50% reclaimed poly material. The Company uses wood fiber
purchased from wood working factories, mills and pallet recyclers, most of
which are located within a 200-mile radius of the Company's Winchester
facility. Poly material used in the production of Trex consists primarily of
reclaimed grocery sacks and stretch film, which the Company purchases from
suppliers throughout the United States. See "--Suppliers."
 
  The Trex manufacturing process involves mixing wood particles with plastic,
heating and finally extruding (or forcing) the highly viscous and abrasive
material through a profile die. The extruded product is cooled in a water bath
and cut to its finished length. Waste created during manufacturing is recycled
into the production process. The finished boards are placed on a cooling
conveyor and proceed to finished goods inspection, packaging and storage.
 
  The Company has made substantial investments in manufacturing process
improvements. As a result of these investments, production line rates, which
are measured in pounds of finished product per production hour, have increased
over 200% since 1992. The Company also has broadened the range of raw
materials that can be used to produce Trex by developing hardware capable of
utilizing different forms of poly material to produce a consistent final
product. The Company has obtained a patent for a process of preparing the raw
materials for the manufacturing phase of production and a second patent for
another manufacturing process improvement. The patent protection for both
processes will extend until 2015.
 
  Trex is the only wood/plastic composite product to receive a building code
listing either from the NES or from any of its three regional members that
establish construction standards in the United States (Building Officials &
Code Administrators International, Inc., International Conference on Building
Officials and Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc.). In
conjunction with its NES listing, the Company
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
maintains a quality control testing program that is monitored by an NES-
approved independent inspection agency. Under this program, the Company tests
one board from every other production bundle to determine whether it meets the
detailed, published criteria for code listing. Representatives of the
inspection agency conduct unannounced monthly on-site audits of these program
records to assure conformity to testing and to check test results. The Company
believes that currently a minimum of 18 months would be required for a
manufacturer of a competitive product which has not yet started the listing
approval process to complete all phases of the process for its product. See
"Risk Factors--Competition."
 
Suppliers
 
  The production of Trex requires the supply of wood fiber and polyethylene
from reclaimed grocery sacks and stretch film. The Company satisfies virtually
all of its current wood fiber requirements from six regional suppliers. The
Company purchases its supplies of poly material from multiple locations
throughout the country, including supermarkets and distribution centers.
 
  Wood Fiber. In 1998, the Company consumed 101 million pounds of wood fiber.
Suppliers accounting for over 90% of the Company's wood fiber purchases are
located within a 200-mile radius of the Company's Winchester, Virginia
facility. Convenient access to available wood fiber supplies was one of the
Company's principal site selection criteria for its second manufacturing
facility, which will be located near Reno, Nevada. Although it has not yet
entered into supply agreements for the new facility, the Company believes that
it will be able to satisfy substantially all of the facility's wood fiber
requirements from suppliers located within a 500-mile radius of the facility.
 
  Woodworking plants or mills are the Company's preferred suppliers of wood
fiber because the waste wood fiber produced by these operations contains
little contamination and is low in moisture. These facilities generate wood
fiber as a byproduct of their manufacturing operations. To minimize its
purchase costs, the Company seeks to provide the manufacturing facilities with
prompt and reliable removal service using Company-provided equipment.
 
  Four suppliers accounted individually for more than 10% and collectively for
approximately 80% of the Company's 1998 wood fiber purchases: American
Woodmark, American Wood Fiber, Plumly Lumber and Coastal Lumber. The Company
obtains its wood fiber supplies for a fixed annual price under multi-year
contracts that are terminable by either party upon 30 days' notice. Based on
its discussions with wood fiber suppliers and its analysis of industry data,
the Company believes that, if its contracts with one or more of its current
suppliers were terminated, the Company would be able to obtain adequate
supplies of wood fiber at an acceptable cost from its other current suppliers
or from new suppliers.
 
  Poly Material. In 1998, the Company consumed 87 million pounds of poly
material, which was primarily composed of reclaimed grocery sacks and stretch
film. Approximately two billion pounds of poly film are used in the
manufacture of grocery sacks and stretch film in the United States each year.
The Company will seek to meet its future needs for poly material from
expansion of its existing supply sources and the development of new sources,
including post-industrial waste and plastic paper laminates.
 
  The Company purchases plastic sacks primarily from large grocery supermarket
chains, which have recycling programs that facilitate and encourage plastic
sack returns. Approximately 5% of all grocery sacks nationwide are returned.
The existing industry practice is for reclaimed sack purchasers, such as the
Company, to absorb freight and handling costs after the sacks are picked up
from the chains' distribution centers. The Company picks up the plastic
grocery sacks at the distribution centers and stores the sacks in warehouses
until it uses them in its production process.
 
  Stretch film is used to stabilize pallet loads to avoid damage during
shipping and handling. The Company collects stretch film from distribution
centers that service the grocery and other industries,
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
including furniture, machinery, parts and soft goods businesses. Suppliers of
stretch film save on waste disposal costs by selling the bundled film to the
Company.
 
  No supplier sold 10% or more of the poly material purchased by the Company
in 1998. The Company generally acquires poly material by purchase order at
prices which are fixed annually.
 
  The Company has entered into a six-year contract with a potential supplier
of poly material derived from a source not previously accessed by the Company.
The contract obligates the Company to purchase up to $3.3 million of poly
material annually at a specified price per pound during the contract term. The
Company is unable to determine the amount of poly material it will obtain
under the contract because the supplier has not yet commenced operations and
will utilize a new production process. The Company is scheduled to receive its
first delivery under the contract in mid-1999. The Company has the option to
renew the contract for an additional six years on the same terms and
conditions.
 
Competition
 
  The residential and commercial decking market in which the Company
principally operates is highly competitive. As a wood/plastic composite
product, Trex competes with wood, other wood/plastic composites and 100%
plastic lumber for use as decking. The primary competition for Trex is wood
decking, which accounted for approximately 97% of 1997 decking sales (measured
by board feet of lumber). The conventional lumber suppliers with which the
Company competes in many cases have established ties to the building and
construction industry and have well-accepted products. Many of the Company's
competitors in the decking market that sell wood products have significantly
greater financial, technical and marketing resources than the Company. Trex
currently represents over half of the non-wood segment and competes with other
wood/plastic composites as well as with 100% plastic products that utilize
polyethylene, fiberglass and PVC as raw materials.
 
  The Company's principal competitors in the non-wood decking alternative
market include Advanced Environmental Recycling Technologies, Inc., Crane
Plastics, Eaglebrook Plastics, Inc., Royal Crown Limited and U.S. Plastic
Lumber Corporation. Trex is the only non-wood decking alternative to receive a
product building code listing from the NES or any its three regional members.
A product building code listing covers all uses of a product meeting the
specified design criteria. The Company is aware of one manufacturer of
wood/plastic composites, Advanced Environmental Recycling Technologies, Inc.,
that has publicly announced it has applied for a regional application listing
for its products and of at least four manufacturers that have received
regional application listings for their 100% plastic lumber products. The four
manufacturers are Outdoor Technologies, Inc., ZCL Composites, Thermal
Industries Inc. and Teck-Rail Vinyl Guardrail System. An application listing
covers specific uses of the listed products. Any non-wood decking alternative
product receiving a listing could be more competitive with Trex. The Company's
ability to compete depends, in part, upon a number of factors outside its
control, including the ability of its competitors to develop new non-wood
decking alternatives which are competitive with Trex.
 
  The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in the decking
market include product quality, price, maintenance cost and consumer awareness
of product alternatives. The Company believes it competes favorably with
respect to these factors based on the low maintenance requirements and other
attributes of Trex compared to wood and 100% plastic products, the Trex brand
name, the Company's extensive distribution network and the Trex NES building
code listing.
 
  Of the wood lumber which constituted approximately 97% of the total decking
market in 1997, over 75% is pressure-treated southern yellow pine. Southern
yellow pine is used for decking because its porosity allows it readily to
accept the chemicals used in the treating process that creates resistance to
rotting and insect infestation. The chemical compound used to treat wood is
typically chromated copper arsenate ("CCA"), an EPA-registered pesticide. The
same porosity makes southern yellow pine susceptible to taking on moisture,
which causes the lumber to warp, crack, splinter and expel fasteners. The
balance
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
of the wood decking segment is primarily divided between redwood and cedar,
with some amounts of treated fir and exotic hardwoods. Because old, slow-
growth timber has been depleted, new, fast-growth varieties predominate. These
varieties do not have the natural decay resistance or close rings of old,
slow-growth timber, causing them to be more susceptible to rot, insect
infestation, splintering and warping.
 
  Trex also competes with decks made from 100% plastic lumber. Although there
are several companies in the United States that manufacture 100% plastic
lumber, total factory sales to the decking market in 1997 are estimated at
only $20 million (18 million board feet). A number of factors have limited the
success of 100% plastic lumber manufacturers, including a less efficient
manufacturing process, inconsistent product quality, and physical properties
not considered suitable for decking, such as higher thermal expansion and
contraction, poor slip resistance and an appearance viewed by some homeowners
as unattractive.
 
  There are approximately five manufacturers of wood/plastic composite lumber
in addition to the Company. Some of these manufacturers participate in the
decking market only on a limited basis. The Company estimates that Trex
accounted for more than 80% of 1998 total factory sales of wood/plastic
composites to the decking market.
 
  The following chart compares certain attributes of Trex to the
characteristics of treated wood and 100% plastic products:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Treated  100%
                 Characteristics                Trex  Wood   Plastic
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
   <S>                                          <C>  <C>     <C>
   Low thermal expansion/contraction              x      x
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
   Low thermal conductivity                       x      x
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
   Good paint adhesion                            x      x
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
   Resistance to ultraviolet damage               x      x
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
   Easy to work with                              x      x
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
   Low moisture absorption                        x              x
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
   Splinter-free                                  x              x
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
   Resistant to insect damage                     x      x       x
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
   No chemical preservatives                      x              x
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
   No splitting                                   x              x
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
   No rotting                                     x      x       x
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
   No warping                                     x              x
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
   No sealant required                            x              x
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
   Slip resistant                                 x      x
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
   Product building code listing or acceptance    x      x
</TABLE>
 
  The Company believes that Trex offers cost advantages when compared with
certain other types of decking materials. Although a contractor-installed Trex
deck built in 1998 using a pressure-treated wood substructure generally cost
10% to 15% more than a deck made entirely from pressure-treated wood, Trex
eliminates the on-going maintenance required for a pressure-treated deck and
is, therefore, less costly over the life of the deck. The Company believes
that its manufacturing process and utilization of relatively low cost raw
material sources also provide Trex with a competitive cost advantage relative
to other wood/plastic composite products.
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
Government Regulation
 
  The Company is subject to federal, state and local environmental regulation.
The emissions of particulates and other substances from the Company's
manufacturing facility must meet federal and state air quality standards
implemented through air permits issued to the Company by the Department of
Environmental Quality of the Commonwealth of Virginia. The Company's facility
is regulated by federal and state laws governing the disposal of solid waste
and by state and local permits and requirements with respect to waste water
and storm water discharge. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations
has not had a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition or results of operations.
 
  The Company's operations also are subject to work place safety regulation by
the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration and the Commonwealth of
Virginia. The Company's compliance efforts include safety awareness and
training programs for its production and maintenance employees.
   
  The Company will be subject to similar state and local regulation in Nevada
in connection with the operation of its new manufacturing facility.     
 
Intellectual Property
 
  The Company's success depends, in part, upon its intellectual property
rights relating to its production process and other operations. The Company
relies upon a combination of trade secret, nondisclosure and other contractual
arrangements, and patent, copyright and trademark laws, to protect its
proprietary rights. The Company has made substantial investments in
manufacturing process improvements which have enabled it to increase
manufacturing line production rates, facilitated the Company's development of
new products and produced improvements in the dimensional consistency, surface
texture and color uniformity of Trex. The Company has obtained a patent for a
process of preparing the raw materials for the manufacturing phase of
production and a second patent for another manufacturing process improvement.
The patent protection for both processes will extend until 2015. The Company
has been granted a federal registration for the Trex trademark by the U.S.
Patent and Trademark Office and has filed applications for the federal
registration of its Easy Care Decking and Wood-Polymer trademarks. Federal
registration of trademarks is effective for an initial period of 20 years and
is renewable for as long as the Company continues to use the trademarks. The
Company considers its trademarks to be of material importance to its business
plans. The Company has not registered any of its copyrights with the U.S.
Copyright Office, but relies on the protection afforded to such copyrights by
the U.S. Copyright Act. That law provides protection to authors of original
works, whether published or unpublished, and whether registered or
unregistered. The Company enters into confidentiality agreements with its
senior employees and limits access to and distribution of its proprietary
information. There can be no assurance that the steps taken by the Company in
this regard will be adequate to deter misappropriation of its proprietary
information or that the Company will be able to detect unauthorized use and
take appropriate steps to enforce its intellectual property rights. See "Risk
Factors--Intellectual Property."
 
  In 1992, before the Company's buyout of Mobil's Composite Products Division,
Mobil brought an action in the U.S. District Court for the District of
Delaware seeking a declaratory judgment that four patents issued to Advanced
Environmental Recycling Technologies, Inc. ("AERT"), a manufacturer of
wood/plastic composite products, were invalid, were not infringed by Mobil in
connection with its wood/plastic composite (now known as Trex) and were
unenforceable. Mobil brought this action in response to statements by AERT
that Mobil infringed AERT's patents. AERT counterclaimed against Mobil for
alleged infringement of two of the AERT patents and for alleged violations of
antitrust and trade regulation laws.
 
  Following a trial in early 1994, the district court held that Mobil did not
infringe either of the two AERT patents that were the subject of the
counterclaim and rendered a verdict for Mobil that each of the four AERT
patents was invalid and unenforceable. On an appeal of this judgment by AERT,
the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit affirmed the district
court's judgment that Mobil did not infringe the two AERT patents and that two
of the four AERT patents were invalid and unenforceable. The Federal Circuit
vacated the district court's judgment on the remaining two AERT patents on the
grounds that there was no case or controversy between the parties regarding
infringement of those patents. AERT has filed a motion for a new
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
trial, which is pending before the district court. The district court also
still has pending before it AERT's non-patent counterclaims against Mobil. No
proceedings on those claims are currently scheduled.
 
  In June 1998, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office issued to AERT a patent
which is a continuation in part of one of the two patent applications that
resulted in the two patents held to be invalid and unenforceable in the
district court action. The Company believes, based in part on advice of its
legal counsel, that the Company does not infringe this patent.
 
Facilities and Equipment
 
  The Company leases its corporate headquarters in Winchester, Virginia, which
consists of approximately 4,500 feet of office space, on a month-to-month
basis.
 
  The Company owns its manufacturing facility in Winchester, Virginia, which
contains approximately 100,000 square feet of manufacturing space, and
approximately 7.5 acres of outside open storage in a lot located across from
the manufacturing facility.
 
  The Company leases storage warehouse space, which totals 75,000 square feet,
pursuant to leases with expiration dates from December 1999 to July 2000. The
Company currently occupies approximately 30,000 square feet in the Trex
Technical Center, which it purchased in the fourth quarter of 1998.
 
  Equipment and machinery used by the Company in its operations consist
principally of plastic and wood conveying and process equipment. The Company
owns all of its manufacturing equipment. The Company also operates
approximately 30 wood trailers pursuant to operating leases with expiration
dates from 1999 to 2003 and approximately 20 forklift trucks pursuant to
operating leases with expiration dates from 2000 to 2001.
 
  The Company regularly evaluates the capacity of its various facilities and
equipment and makes capital investments to expand capacity where necessary. In
1998, the Company spent a total of $17.1 million on capital expenditures,
including $7.4 million for additional production equipment in its Winchester
facility. The Company has acquired the site for, and in January 1999 began
construction of, a second manufacturing facility, which will be located near
Reno, Nevada and which the Company expects to begin production in the fourth
quarter of 1999. See "--Manufacturing Process." The Company currently
estimates that its aggregate capital expenditures in 1999 will total
approximately $20.3 million, most of which will be used to construct and equip
the new facility.
 
Employees
 
  At December 31, 1998, the Company had 217 full-time employees, of whom 23
were employed in corporate management and administration, 17 were employed in
sales and marketing, six were employed in research and development and 171
were employed in manufacturing operations. Of such employees, 142 were hourly
employees engaged in manufacturing activities in the Company's Winchester
facility. The Company's employees are not covered by collective bargaining
agreements. The Company believes that its relationships with its employees are
good.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
  The Company has been named as a co-defendant in a suit filed on December 7,
1997 in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The
plaintiff, the owner of a ship moored in Philadelphia, alleges that design
defects in a Trex decking product caused buckling of decking installed on the
ship as part of a renovation project. The plaintiff seeks damages in an
unspecified amount against the Company based on claims of strict liability,
misrepresentation, breach of warranties, gross negligence, indemnification and
violation of the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act. Trex has denied liability on
the grounds, among others, that the alleged damage to the decking resulted
from poor design and improper installation. The parties have conducted certain
discovery proceedings. A trial date for the suit is scheduled for June 1999.
 
  From time to time, the Company is involved in litigation and proceedings
arising out of the ordinary course of its business. Except as set forth above,
there are no pending material legal proceedings to which the Company is a
party or to which the property of the Company is subject.
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
Directors and Executive Officers
 
  The table below sets forth certain information concerning the directors and
executive officers of the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                      Age                     Positions with Company
- ------------------------  --- --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C> <C>
Robert G. Matheny.......   53 President, Director
Anthony J. Cavanna......   59 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Director
Andrew U. Ferrari.......   52 Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing, Director
Roger A. Wittenberg.....   50 Executive Vice President of Technical Operations, Director
William H. Martin, III..   68 Director Nominee
William F. Andrews......   67 Director Nominee
</TABLE>
 
  Robert G. Matheny has served as the President of the Company since August
1996 and as a director of Trex Company, Inc. since its formation in September
1998. From July 1992 to August 1996, he was the General Manager of the
Composite Products Division of Mobil Chemical Company, a division of Mobil
("Mobil Chemical"). From August 1987 to July 1992, he served as the General
Manager of the Chemical Specialties Group of Mobil Chemical and as a Vice
President of Mobil Chemical Products International. From 1970 to August 1987,
Mr. Matheny held various positions in sales, marketing and manufacturing at
Mobil. Mr. Matheny received a B.S. degree in Industrial Engineering and
Operations Research from Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
 
  Anthony J. Cavanna has served as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company
since August 1996, as Executive Vice President since September 1998 and as a
director of Trex Company, Inc. since its formation in September 1998. From
July 1994 to August 1996, he was a Group Vice President of Mobil Chemical.
From July 1992 to July 1994, he was the Vice President-Planning and Finance
for Mobil Chemical. From November 1986 to July 1992, Mr. Cavanna served as a
Vice President of Mobil Chemical and the General Manager of its Films Division
Worldwide. From November 1981 to November 1986, he was the Vice President and
General Manager-European Operations of Mobil Plastics Europe. From January
1981 to November 1981, he was the Vice President-Planning and Supply of the
Films Division of Mobil Chemical. Between 1962 and 1981, Mr. Cavanna held a
variety of positions within Mobil, including engineering, manufacturing and
project/group leader positions. Mr. Cavanna received a B.S. degree in Chemical
Engineering from Villanova University and an M.S. degree in Chemical
Engineering from the Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn.
 
  Andrew U. Ferrari has served as the Vice President of Sales and Marketing of
the Company since August 1996, as Executive Vice President of Sales and
Marketing since September 1998 and as a director of Trex Company, Inc. since
its formation in September 1998. From April 1992 to August 1996, he was the
Director of Sales and Marketing of the Composite Products Division of Mobil
Chemical. From February 1990 to April 1992, Mr. Ferrari served as the New
Business Manager for Mobil Chemical. From January 1984 to February 1990, he
served as Marketing Director of the Consumer Products Division of Mobil
Chemical. Mr. Ferrari received a B.A. degree in Economics from Whitman College
and an M.B.A. degree from Columbia University.
 
  Roger A. Wittenberg has served as the Vice President of Technical Operations
of the Company since August 1996, as Executive Vice President of Technical
Operations since September 1998 and as a director of Trex Company, Inc. since
its formation in September 1998. Mr. Wittenberg also serves as a director of
Elite Textiles Ltd., a textile manufacturer. From May 1992 to August 1996, he
was the Technical Manager of the Composite Products Division of Mobil
Chemical. Mr. Wittenberg founded Rivenite Corporation in 1987 and was its
Chief Executive Officer until April 1992, when Mobil Chemical acquired the
assets of Rivenite Corporation. Prior to 1987, Mr. Wittenberg founded and
operated three companies in the textile, food and animal feed supplements
industries. Mr. Wittenberg received a B.S. degree in Chemistry from High Point
College.
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
  William H. Martin, III has acted as Interim Chief Executive Officer of
Martin Industries, Inc., a manufacturer and producer of gas space heaters, gas
logs and pre-engineered fireplaces, since March 1998. Mr. Martin has also
served as Chairman of the Board of Martin Industries since April 1994 and as a
director of Martin Industries since 1974. From 1971 to 1987, he served as
President and Chief Executive Officer of Martin Industries. From 1987 to 1993,
Mr. Martin served as Executive Assistant to the Rector of Trinity Church in
New York City. From 1993 to March 1998, Mr. Martin was a private investor.
   
  William F. Andrews has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of
Scovill Fasteners, Inc., a designer, manufacturer and distributor of apparel
fasteners and specialty industrial fasteners, since 1996. From 1981 to 1986,
Mr. Andrews served as the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of
Scovill Manufacturing Co., where he worked for over 20 years. From 1995 to
1998, he served as the Chairman of Schrader-Bridgeport International, Inc., a
manufacturer of tire valves and pressure control devices. From January 1993 to
January 1995, Mr. Andrews served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Amdura Corporation, a manufacturer of hardware and industrial equipment. From
February 1992 to February 1994, he served as Chairman of Utica Corporation, a
manufacturer of fan blades for aerospace and land-based gas turbine engines,
and as an adviser and consultant to Investor International (U.S.), Inc., a
financial adviser. Mr. Andrews is also a director of Black Box Corporation,
Corrections Corporation of America, Johnson Controls, Inc., Katy Industries,
Navistar, Inc., Northwestern Steel and Wire Co. and Dayton Superior
Corporation.     
   
  The Board of Directors currently consists of four directors. William H.
Martin, III and William F. Andrews have been nominated and have agreed to
serve as directors of the Company effective upon the consummation of the
Offering. Directors and executive officers of the Company are elected to serve
until they resign or are removed, or are otherwise disqualified to serve, or
until their successors are elected and qualified. Directors of the Company are
elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. The Board of Directors is
divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. The initial
term of Anthony J. Cavanna and Roger A. Wittenberg will expire at the annual
meeting of stockholders in the year 2000, the initial term of Andrew U.
Ferrari and William F. Andrews will expire at the annual meeting of
stockholders in the year 2001 and the initial term of Robert G. Matheny and
William H. Martin, III will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in
the year 2002. Upon the expiration of the initial term of each such class, the
nominees for such class will be elected for a term of three years to succeed
the directors whose terms of office expire.     
   
  Executive officers of the Company serve at the discretion of the Board of
Directors and generally are appointed at the first meeting of the Board of
Directors after each annual meeting of stockholders.     
 
Committees of the Board of Directors
 
  Effective upon the consummation of the Offering, the Board of Directors has
established an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and an Executive
Committee.
 
  The Audit Committee, among other things, will be responsible for
recommending to the full Board of Directors the selection of the Company's
independent auditors, reviewing the scope of the audit plan and the results of
each audit with management and the independent auditors, reviewing the
adequacy of the Company's system of internal accounting controls in
consultation with the independent auditors, reviewing generally the activities
and recommendations of the independent auditors, and exercising oversight with
respect to the Company's code of conduct and other policies and procedures
regarding adherence with legal requirements. The members of the Audit
Committee will be non-employee directors. William H. Martin, III and William
F. Andrews will be the initial members of the Audit Committee.
 
  The Compensation Committee will be responsible for establishing the
compensation and benefits of the executive officers of the Company, monitoring
compensation arrangements for management employees for consistency with
corporate objectives and stockholders' interests, and administering
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
the Stock Incentive Plan, the Company's 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and
other management compensation plans. The members of the Compensation Committee
will be non-employee directors. William H. Martin, III and William F. Andrews
will be the initial members of the Compensation Committee.
 
  The Executive Committee will be empowered to exercise powers of the Board of
Directors between regular meetings of the Board of Directors. The initial
members of the Executive Committee will be Robert G. Matheny, Anthony J.
Cavanna, Andrew U. Ferrari and Roger A. Wittenberg.
 
Director Compensation
 
  Directors of the Company who are also officers or employees of the Company
do not receive any additional compensation for serving on the Board of
Directors or any of its committees. Following the consummation of the
Offering, each non-employee director will receive an option to purchase 1,500
shares of Common Stock upon such director's initial election or appointment to
the Board of Directors. Each non-employee director will receive an annual fee
of $25,000 for service on the Board of Directors and its committees. The non-
employee director may elect to receive up to one-half of this fee in cash and
up to all of the fee in the form of options to purchase Common Stock issued
under the Stock Incentive Plan. Directors are reimbursed for their reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses in attending meetings. See "--1999 Stock Option and
Incentive Plan" and "--1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors."
 
Executive Compensation
 
  The following table sets forth the compensation paid to each of the
Company's executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998
(the "Named Executive Officers"):
 
                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Annual
                                            Compensation(1)      All Other
Name and Principal Positions                  Salary ($)    Compensation ($)(2)
- ----------------------------                --------------- -------------------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>
Robert G. Matheny
 President.................................     263,591           52,995
Anthony J. Cavanna
 Chief Financial Officer...................     248,144           52,281
Andrew U. Ferrari
 Vice President of Sales and Marketing.....     232,698           52,310
Roger A. Wittenberg
 Vice President of Technical Operations....     232,698           52,925
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) In accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
    other compensation in the form of perquisites and other personal benefits
    has been omitted because such perquisites and other personal benefits
    constituted less than the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total annual
    salary and bonus for each Named Executive Officer in 1998.
 
(2)  The amounts shown in the "All Other Compensation" column consists of the
     following: (i) for Mr. Matheny, $3,025 in matching contributions to the
     Company's 401(k) Plan (as defined below), $1,600 in employer
     discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Plan, $6,400 in employer
     contributions to the Company's Money Purchase Plan (as defined below) and
     $41,970 in reimbursement of self-employment taxes payable by Mr. Matheny;
     (ii) for Mr. Cavanna, $2,613 in matching contributions to the 401(k)
     Plan, $1,600 in employer discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Plan,
     $6,400 in employer contributions to the Money Purchase Plan and $41,668
     in reimbursement of self-employment taxes payable by Mr. Cavanna; (iii)
     for Mr. Ferrari, $2,944 in matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan,
     $1,600 in employer discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Plan, $6,400
     in employer contributions to the Money Purchase Plan and $41,366 in
     reimbursement of self-employment taxes payable by Mr. Ferrari; and (iv)
     for Mr. Wittenberg, $3,559 in matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan,
     $1,600 in employer discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Plan, $6,400
     in employer contributions to the Money Purchase Plan and $41,366 in
     reimbursement of self-employment taxes payable by Mr. Wittenberg.
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
   
  The Company's 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan provides for the grant of
options that are intended to qualify as "incentive stock options" under
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), to
employees of the Company and any future subsidiaries, as well as for the grant
of non-qualified options, restricted Common Stock, restricted units of Common
Stock, unrestricted Common Stock and stock appreciation rights (collectively,
"Awards") to employees, non-employee directors and other individuals whose
participation in the Stock Incentive Plan is determined to be in the Company's
best interests. The Stock Incentive Plan authorizes the issuance of 1,400,000
shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split,
stock dividend, merger, reorganization or similar transaction). The maximum
number of shares of Common Stock subject to options that may be granted to any
individual under the Stock Incentive Plan is 500,000 shares (subject to such
adjustment). The Stock Incentive Plan will be administered by the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors, which has the authority, subject to the
provisions of the Stock Incentive Plan, to determine the terms of any Awards.
The Stock Incentive Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors and stockholder
of the Company on March 12, 1999.     
 
  Upon the consummation of the Offering, the Company intends to grant to
certain employees non-qualified options under the Stock Incentive Plan to
purchase up to an aggregate of 125,000 shares of Common Stock. No such options
will be granted to executive officers of the Company. All such options will be
exercisable at a price equal to the initial public offering price of the
Shares. Each option will vest with respect to one-fourth of the shares subject
to the option on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of
the date of grant.
 
  The Board of Directors may authorize amendment of the Stock Incentive Plan
without stockholder approval except in circumstances prescribed by applicable
law or regulation. The Stock Incentive Plan does not have a termination date,
but no incentive stock options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of
the effective date of the plan.
 
  Options. An option granted under the Stock Incentive Plan is exercisable
only to the extent that it is vested on the date of exercise. No option may be
exercisable more than ten years from the option grant date, or five years in
the case of an incentive stock option granted to a person who owns more than
10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company
or any subsidiary thereof (a "ten percent stockholder").
 
  Each option will become vested and exercisable at such times and under such
conditions as the Compensation Committee may approve. The Compensation
Committee may accelerate the vesting of any option in its discretion. The
exercise price per share under each option granted under the Stock Incentive
Plan may not be less than 100% (110% in the case of an incentive stock option
granted to a ten percent stockholder) of the fair market value of the Common
Stock on the option grant date. In the case of incentive stock options, the
aggregate fair market value of the Common Stock (determined on the option
grant date) with respect to which such options are exercisable for the first
time during any calendar year may not exceed $100,000.
 
  Incentive stock options are non-transferable during the optionee's lifetime,
but non-qualified stock options may be transferred to the spouse, children,
grandchildren, parents and siblings of the optionee, to the extent permitted
by the Compensation Committee.
 
  Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee, the following
provisions of the Stock Incentive Plan will govern termination of options in
the circumstances described below. Upon termination of a participant's
employment or other relationship with the Company, other than by reason of
death, permanent and total disability or retirement, all unvested options held
by such participant will terminate immediately and all vested options not
exercised will terminate 90 days following the employment termination date. If
a participant dies while employed or providing services to the Company,
terminates his employment or other relationship with the Company by reason of
permanent and total disability or retires, all options held by such
participant which have not previously
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
terminated will fully vest and will be exercisable for one year thereafter, in
the case of death or disability, or for three years thereafter, in the case of
retirement.
 
  Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. Restricted shares of Common
Stock are awards of shares of Common Stock upon which are imposed restricted
periods and restrictions which subject the shares to a substantial risk of
forfeiture as defined in Section 83 of the Code. Restricted Common Stock units
are awards which represent a conditional right to receive shares of Common
Stock in the future and which are subject to the same types of restrictions
and risk of forfeiture as restricted shares of Common Stock. Restricted shares
of Common Stock and restricted Common Stock units will be subject to such
restrictions as the Compensation Committee may impose, including, without
limitation, continuous employment with the Company or any of its future
subsidiaries or the attainment of specific corporate or individual performance
objectives. The restrictions and the restricted period, which generally will
be a minimum of three years, may differ with respect to each recipient of an
Award. An Award of restricted shares of Common Stock or restricted Common
Stock units will be subject to forfeiture if certain events specified by the
Board of Directors occur prior to the lapse of the restrictions. Subject to
the provisions of the Stock Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee will
determine the terms and conditions of the agreement evidencing each Award of
restricted shares of Common Stock and restricted Common Stock units.
 
  Unrestricted Stock. Unrestricted shares of Common Stock are shares that are
free of restrictions other than those imposed pursuant to federal or state
securities laws.
 
  Stock Appreciation Rights. A stock appreciation right ("SAR") is a right to
receive, in the form of Common Stock, cash or a combination of Common Stock
and cash, the spread or difference between the fair market value of the Common
Stock subject to an option and the option exercise price. SARs may be granted
in conjunction with all or a portion of any option granted under the Stock
Incentive Plan, either at the time of the grant of such option or at any
subsequent time prior to the expiration of such option. The Compensation
Committee will determine at the SAR grant date or thereafter the time or times
at which and the circumstances under which an SAR may be exercised in whole or
in part, the time or times at which and the circumstances under which an SAR
will cease to be exercisable, the method of exercise, the method of
settlement, the form of consideration payable in settlement, whether or not an
SAR will be in tandem or in combination with any other grant, and any other
terms and conditions of any SAR. Exercisability of SARs may be subject to
achievement of one or more of the same performance objectives that apply to
awards of restricted shares of Common Stock or restricted Common Stock units.
SARs issued in connection with incentive stock options are required to meet
additional conditions. SARs are transferable only to the same extent as the
related options.
 
1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors
 
  The Company's 1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors sets forth the terms
of compensation payable to the Company's non-employee directors ("Outside
Directors") for their service on the Board of Directors. Upon his initial
election or appointment of the Board of Directors, each Outside Director will
receive an option to purchase 1,500 shares of Common Stock. Each Outside
Director will receive an annual fee of $25,000 for service on the Board of
Directors and its committees. The director may elect to receive up to one-half
of this annual fee in cash and up to all of the fee in the form of options to
purchase Common Stock. The value of the options issued in payment of any
portion of an Outside Director's annual fee will be determined pursuant to the
Black-Scholes valuation model.
 
  The shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options under the
Outside Director Plan will be issued under the Stock Incentive Plan. The
exercise price per share under each option will be the fair market value of
the Common Stock on the option grant date. The options that will be granted to
the newly appointed Outside Directors upon the consummation of the Offering
will be
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
   
exercisable at a price equal to the initial public offering price of the
Shares. Each option will vest with respect to one-fourth of the shares subject
to the option on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of
the date of grant. No option may be exercisable more than ten years from the
option grant date. Options will terminate after the expiration of specified
periods following the termination of the option holder's service as a
director, whether by reason of death, disability, retirement or otherwise. The
Outside Director Plan will be administered by a committee of the Board of
Directors. The Outside Director Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors and
stockholder of the Company on March 12, 1999.     
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
   
  The 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Employee Stock Purchase Plan"),
which will be implemented upon the consummation of the Offering, is intended
to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. The Company has reserved an
aggregate of 300,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the Employee
Stock Purchase Plan. The Employee Stock Purchase Plan will permit full-time
employees of the Company and any future subsidiaries who have satisfied
minimum service requirements to purchase Common Stock through payroll
deductions, provided that no employee may purchase more than $25,000 worth of
Common Stock in any calendar year. The purchase price of the Common Stock
under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be no less than 85% of the fair
market value of the Common Stock on the first day or the last day of each
fiscal quarter, whichever is lower. The Employee Stock Purchase Plan was
adopted by the Board of Directors and stockholder of the Company on March 12,
1999.     
 
Employee Benefit Plans
 
  The Company sponsors a tax-qualified defined contribution employee profit
sharing and 401(k) plan (the "401(k) Plan"). The 401(k) Plan consists of
employee pre-tax contributions, Company matching contributions and Company
discretionary contributions, and contains provisions which are intended to
satisfy the tax qualification requirement of Section 401(a) of the Code. Each
employee may elect to defer up to 15% of such employee's compensation, subject
to a maximum of $10,000 in 1999. The Company makes matching contributions
equal to a specified percentage of each employee's contribution and may also
make discretionary contributions for any plan year. Employee, matching and
discretionary contributions and earnings are fully vested and nonforfeitable
at all times and are invested according to the direction of the employee.
 
  The Company also sponsors a tax-qualified defined contribution employee
money purchase pension plan (the "Money Purchase Plan"). The Money Purchase
Plan contains provisions which are intended to satisfy the tax qualification
requirement of Section 401(a) of the Code. The Company makes an annual
contribution equal to 4% of employee compensation. Plan contributions and
earnings are fully vested and nonforfeitable after five full years of service
and are invested according to the direction of the employee.
 
Annual Bonus Plan
 
  Following the Offering, the Company intends to establish an annual bonus
plan pursuant to which all full-time management personnel, including executive
officers, will be eligible to receive a bonus for exceptional individual or
team performance. The Company will reserve the right not to award bonuses in
any year.
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
Reorganization
   
  Until April 7, 1999, Trex Company, Inc. was a wholly-owned subsidiary of
TREX Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. On April 7, 1999, the
members of TREX Company, LLC other than Mobil contributed their junior
membership interests in TREX Company, LLC to Trex Company, Inc. in exchange
for Common Stock of Trex Company, Inc. Concurrently with such exchange, Mobil
exchanged its preferred membership interest in TREX Company, LLC for a
$3.1 million note of Trex Company, Inc. payable upon the consummation of the
Offering. As a result of such exchanges, TREX Company, LLC became a wholly-
owned subsidiary of Trex Company, Inc. Before the Exchange Transaction, the
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws were restated in their entirety. See
"Description of Capital Stock" for a description of the Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws that are in effect on the date of this Prospectus.
       
  In the Exchange Transaction, the junior membership interests in TREX
Company, LLC were exchanged for shares of Common Stock of Trex Company, Inc.
as follows: (i) the membership interests of the Management Holders (as defined
below) were exchanged for a total of 8,550,000 shares of Common Stock; and
(ii) the membership interests of the Institutional Investors were exchanged
for a total of 950,000 shares of Common Stock. The Company received no
additional consideration in connection with the exchange of membership
interests for shares of Common Stock. Immediately following the Exchange
Transaction, the Management Holders and the Institutional Investors
beneficially owned 90% and 10%, respectively, of the outstanding Common Stock,
which is the same proportion in which they held membership interests in TREX
Company, LLC immediately before the Exchange Transaction.     
   
  Before the Exchange Transaction, TREX Company, LLC exercised an option to
repurchase from the Institutional Investors approximately 667 junior
membership interests designated as Class A Units. As a result of exercise of
this option, the beneficial ownership of outstanding junior membership
interests by the Institutional Investors decreased to 10% from 25%, while the
beneficial ownership of outstanding junior membership interests by the
Management Holders increased to 90% from 75%. The terms of this option are set
forth in an agreement which TREX Company, LLC, the Management Holders and the
Institutional Investors entered into in connection with the Acquisition. The
option exercise price was $.01 for each junior membership interest
repurchased. The number of junior membership interests TREX Company, LLC
repurchased pursuant to the option was based on the internal rate of return
earned since the Acquisition by the Institutional Investors on their
investment in TREX Company, LLC, which consists of the Senior Notes, the
Subordinated Notes and their junior membership interests. The initial public
offering price of the Shares was one component of the internal rate of return
calculation.     
   
  In connection with the Exchange Transaction, TREX Company, LLC will make the
LLC Distribution to the Management Holders and the Institutional Investors. Of
the LLC Distribution, which is estimated to be approximately $12.2 million as
of the Reorganization date of April 7, 1999, approximately $9.8 million
represents the amount of the previously recognized and undistributed income of
TREX Company, LLC through the Reorganization date on which the members have
paid, or will pay, income tax, and approximately $2.4 million represents a
return of capital. The $9.8 million amount and the total amount of the LLC
Distribution are subject to adjustment based on the actual taxable income of
TREX Company, LLC from January 1, 1999 through the Reorganization date.     
 
  Trex Company, Inc. was organized in September 1998 under the laws of the
State of Delaware for the purpose of acquiring all of the membership interests
and operating the business of
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
   
TREX Company, LLC. Prior to the Exchange Transaction, Trex Company, Inc. did
not conduct any business other than in connection with the Offering and the
other transactions described herein.     
 
Acquisition Transactions
   
  Acquisition. In the Acquisition, the Company purchased the assets of Mobil's
Composite Products Division in a management-led buyout for a cash purchase
price of approximately $29.5 million. The Acquisition and the Company's
initial operations were financed by a combination of the following: (i)
proceeds of $29.3 million from the sale by the Company of $24.3 million
principal amount of Senior Notes, $5.0 million principal amount of
Subordinated Notes and a total of 1,000 Class B Units to a nominee of
Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, Connecticut General Life Insurance
Company on behalf of one or more separate accounts and Life Insurance Company
of North America; (ii) proceeds of $3.0 million from the sale by the Company
of 1,000 Preferred Units (the "Preferred Units") to Mobil; and (iii) proceeds
of $2.0 million from the sale by the Company of 750 Class A Units to each of
Robert G. Matheny, Anthony J. Cavanna, Andrew U. Ferrari and Roger A.
Wittenberg (collectively, the "Management Holders"). The Institutional
Investors converted their Class B Units into the same number of Class A Units
prior to the Reorganization.     
 
  On June 25, 1997, the Company prepaid $3.0 million principal amount of
Senior Notes.
   
  In January 1998, the nominee of Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
transferred 333 Class B Units to The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company
in connection with the sale of certain assets by Connecticut General Life
Insurance Company.     
 
  As a result of the indebtedness incurred to finance the Acquisition, the
Company has been highly leveraged. The terms of the Company's financing
agreements have required substantial debt service payments. Such financing
agreements also have required the Company to comply with various restrictive
covenants, financial ratios and other financial and operating tests.
 
  Acquisition-Related Agreements. The Company and its members entered into
certain agreements in connection with the Acquisition relating to the members'
interests in the Company or any successor entity.
   
  Pursuant to the Members' Agreement dated as of August 29, 1996 among the
Company, the Management Holders and the Institutional Investors (the "Members'
Agreement"), the Company granted certain "demand" and "piggyback" registration
rights with respect to Common Stock issuable to the Institutional Investors
upon consummation of the Reorganization. The Institutional Investors are
entitled to require the Company to register the sale of their shares under the
Securities Act on up to two occasions. In addition, if the Company proposes to
register the Common Stock under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to a
registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8), whether or not for its own
account, the Institutional Investors are entitled to require the Company,
subject to certain conditions, to include all or a portion of their shares in
such registration. The Company has registered the shares offered hereby by the
Selling Stockholders pursuant to their exercise of such piggyback registration
rights. The foregoing registration rights are subject to certain notice
requirements, timing restrictions and volume limitations which may be imposed
by the underwriters of an offering. The Company is required to bear the
expenses of all such registrations, including expenses of the Selling
Stockholders in connection with the Offering, except for underwriting
discounts and commissions. The Members' Agreement will be terminated following
consummation of the Offering, and the foregoing registration rights will be
contained in a new agreement among the Company, the Management Holders and the
Institutional Investors.     
 
  Pursuant to the Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of August 29,
1996 among the Management Holders, the Institutional Investors and Mobil, the
Institutional Investors were granted the right to approve certain actions by
the Company outside the ordinary course of its business,
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
including the sale of all or a substantial part of the Company's assets and
the incurrence or payment of specified types of indebtedness. This agreement
will be terminated following the consummation of the Reorganization.
   
  Pursuant to the Class A Members' Agreement dated as of August 29, 1996, the
Management Holders agreed to certain restrictions on the sale, transfer or
other disposition of their membership interests in the Company. This agreement
was terminated upon the consummation of the Reorganization.     
   
  In connection with the Acquisition, each Management Holder entered into an
employment agreement with the Company. The employment agreements will be
terminated upon the consummation of the Offering.     
 
Other Transactions
   
  The Company paid the Institutional Investors interest on the Senior Notes
and Subordinated Notes of $1.0 million for 1996, $3.0 million for 1997 and
$2.9 million for 1998.     
 
  The Company paid Mobil dividends on the Preferred Units of $0.1 million for
1996, $0.4 million for 1997 and $0.4 million for 1998.
   
  The Company will use a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering to repay
the Senior Notes and the Subordinated Notes and to repay a $3.1 million note
it issued to Mobil in the Reorganization in exchange for Mobil's preferred
equity interest in TREX Company, LLC. See "Use of Proceeds."     
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
                      PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
   
  The following table sets forth certain information as of April 7, 1999
regarding the beneficial ownership of Common Stock by: (i) each person or
entity known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the Common
Stock; (ii) each director of the Company; (iii) each Named Executive Officer;
(iv) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group; and (v)
the Selling Stockholders both before and after giving effect to their sale of
103,000 Shares. Each director and executive officer has an address in care of
the Company's principal executive offices at 20 South Cameron Street,
Winchester, Virginia 22601.     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                            Shares Beneficially
                                   Owned                   Shares Beneficially
                             Prior to Offering    Number   Owned After Offering
                            -------------------- of Shares --------------------
Name of Beneficial Owner     Number of            Offered     Number
(1)                            Shares       %     Hereby    of Shares      %
- ------------------------    -------------------- --------- --------------------
<S>                         <C>          <C>     <C>       <C>          <C>
Anthony J. Cavanna .......     2,137,500    22.5      --      2,137,500    15.8
Andrew U. Ferrari ........     2,137,500    22.5      --      2,137,500    15.8
Robert G. Matheny ........     2,137,500    22.5      --      2,137,500    15.8
Roger A. Wittenberg ......     2,137,500    22.5      --      2,137,500    15.8
Connecticut General Life
 Insurance Company (2)....       526,300     5.6  57,062        469,238     3.5
Life Insurance Company of
 North America (2)........       107,350     1.1  11,639         95,711       *
The Lincoln National Life
 Insurance Company (3)....       316,350     3.3  34,299        282,051     2.1
All directors and
 executive officers
 as a group (4 persons) ..     8,550,000    90.0      --      8,550,000    63.2
</TABLE>    
 
- --------
 *  Less than 1%.
(1)  In accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
     as amended, for purposes of this table, a person is deemed to be the
     beneficial owner of any shares of Common Stock if such person has or
     shares voting power or investment power with respect to such security, or
     has the right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time within 60 days
     of the date of the table. As used herein, "voting power" is the power to
     vote or direct the voting of shares and "investment power" is the power
     to dispose or direct the disposition of shares.
   
(2) Of the shares shown, 564,949 shares are held of record by a nominee of
    such stockholder. Such stockholder is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary
    of CIGNA Corporation, which may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of
    such shares. The address of the record holder is c/o CIGNA Investments,
    Inc., 900 Cottage Grove Road, Hartford, Connecticut 06152.     
   
(3) Shares are held of record by such stockholder. CIGNA Investments, Inc., an
    indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of CIGNA Corporation, exercises voting
    and dispositive power with respect to such shares. CIGNA Corporation may
    be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares. The address of the
    record holder is 200 East Berry Street, Renaissance Square, Fort Wayne,
    Indiana 46802.     
 
  The Company has registered the shares offered by the Selling Stockholders
pursuant to their exercise of registration rights with respect to such shares.
See "Certain Transactions" for a description of such registration rights and
material relationships during the past three years between the Selling
Stockholders and the Company.
 
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
   
  The following summary description of the capital stock of the Company does
not purport to be complete and is subject to the provisions of the Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws and to the provisions of the applicable law. The
Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws are included as exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.     
 
Authorized and Outstanding Capital Stock
   
  The Company has authority to issue 43,000,000 shares of capital stock,
consisting of 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, and
3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred
Stock"). As of December 31, 1998, after giving effect to the Reorganization
and the Offering, 13,500,000 shares of Common Stock (or 14,115,450 shares of
Common Stock if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) will be issued
and outstanding and no shares of Preferred Stock will be issued and
outstanding.     
 
Common Stock
 
  Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share for each share
held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of
Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared
by the Board of Directors on the Common Stock out of funds legally available
therefor. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
affairs of the Company, holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably
in the assets available for distribution after payments to the creditors and
to the holders of any Preferred Stock that may be outstanding at such time.
Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights, cumulative voting rights or
rights to convert shares of Common Stock into any other securities, and are
not subject to future calls or assessments by the Company. All outstanding
shares of Common Stock of the Company are, and the Shares issued in the
Offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
Preferred Stock
 
  The Board of Directors is authorized without further stockholder action to
provide for the issuance from time to time of up to 3,000,000 shares of
Preferred Stock in one or more series with such powers, designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights,
qualifications, limitations or restrictions as will be set forth in the
resolutions providing for the issuance of such series adopted by the Board of
Directors. The holders of Preferred Stock will have no preemptive rights
(unless otherwise provided in the applicable certificate of designation) and
will not be subject to future assessments by the Company. Such Preferred Stock
may have voting or other rights which could adversely affect the rights of
holders of the Common Stock. In addition, the issuance of Preferred Stock,
while providing the Company with financial flexibility in connection with
possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, under certain
circumstances, make it more difficult for a third party to gain control of the
Company, discourage bids for the Common Stock at a premium, or otherwise
adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. The Company currently
has no intention to issue any Preferred Stock.
 
Anti-Takeover Effect of Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions
 
  The Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws contain certain provisions
that could make it more difficult to consummate an acquisition of the Company
by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise.
   
  Classified Board of Directors. Pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation
and the Bylaws, the Board of Directors is divided into three classes of
directors, with the classes as nearly equal in     
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
   
number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of the Board of
Directors will be elected each year. The classification of the Board of
Directors will make it more difficult for an acquiror or for other
stockholders to change the composition of the Board of Directors. The
Certificate of Incorporation provides that, subject to any rights of holders
of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified
circumstances, the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of
Directors will be not fewer than four directors nor more than 20 directors,
with the authorized number of directors being fixed from time to time by the
Board of Directors. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation provides
that, subject to any rights of holders of Preferred Stock, and unless the
Board of Directors otherwise determines, any vacancies will be filled only by
the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though less
than a quorum.     
 
  No Stockholder Action by Written Consent. The Certificate of Incorporation
and Bylaws provide that, subject to the rights of any holders of Preferred
Stock to act by written consent in lieu of a meeting, stockholder action may
be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders and may
not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting, unless the action to be
effected by written consent of stockholders and the taking of such action by
such written consent have expressly been approved in advance by the Board of
Directors. Failure to satisfy any of the requirements for a stockholder
meeting could delay, prevent or invalidate stockholder action.
 
  Stockholder Advance Notice Procedure. The Bylaws establish an advance notice
procedure for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for election as
directors or to bring other business before an annual or special meeting of
stockholders of the Company (the "Stockholder Notice Procedure"). The
Stockholder Notice Procedure provides that only persons that are named in the
Company's notice of meeting or that are nominated by the Board of Directors or
by a stockholder who has given timely written notice to the Secretary of the
Company prior to the meeting at which directors are to be elected, will be
eligible for election as directors of the Company. Any such notice is required
to set forth, among other things, specified information about the stockholder,
the beneficial owner (if any) on whose behalf the nomination is made and each
proposed director nominee, such other information regarding each proposed
nominee as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed
pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, the written consent of each proposed nominee to serve as a
director of the Company if elected, and a representation whether the
stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group
which intends to solicit proxies in support of such nomination. The
Stockholder Notice Procedure also provides that only such business may be
conducted at an annual or special meeting as has been brought before the
meeting by, or at the direction of, the Board of Directors or by a stockholder
who has given timely written notice to the Secretary of the Company. Any such
notice is required to set forth, among other things, a brief description of
the business desired to be brought before the meeting, any material interest
of the stockholder in such business, and specified information about such
stockholder and such stockholder's ownership of capital stock of the Company.
 
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
 
  The Company is subject to Section 203 ("Section 203") of the Delaware
General Corporation Law which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a
Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any
interested stockholder for a period of three years following the time that
such stockholder became an interested stockholder unless: (i) prior to such
time, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business
combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder; or (ii) upon consummation of the transaction which
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation
outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of
determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (a) by persons
who are directors and also officers and (b) by employee stock plans in which
employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially
whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or
exchange offer; or (iii) at or subsequent to such
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and
authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written
consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting
stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
  Section 203 defines "business combination" to include the following: (i) any
merger or consolidation of the corporation with the interested stockholder;
(ii) any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the
assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder; (iii) subject
to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or
transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested
stockholder; (iv) any transaction involving the corporation that has the
effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or
series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
(v) any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans,
advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or
through the corporation. In general, Section 203 defines an interested
stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person
affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.
 
Director Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
  The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may limit
the liability of each director to the corporation or its stockholders for
monetary damages except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii) in respect of certain unlawful dividend
payments or stock redemptions or repurchases and (iv) for any transaction from
which the director derives an improper personal benefit. The Certificate of
Incorporation provides for the elimination and limitation of the personal
liability of directors of the Company for monetary damages to the fullest
extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, the
Certificate of Incorporation provides that if the Delaware General Corporation
Law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the
liability of a director, then the liability of the directors will be
eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, as so amended. The effect of this provision is to eliminate
the rights of the Company and its stockholders (through stockholder derivative
suits on behalf of the Company) to recover monetary damages against a director
for breach of the fiduciary duty of care as a director (including breaches
resulting from negligent or grossly negligent behavior), except in situations
described in clauses (i) through (iv) above. The provision does not limit or
eliminate the rights of the Company or any stockholder to seek non-monetary
relief such as an injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of
director's duty of care. This provision is consistent with Section 102(b)(7)
of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which is designed, among other
things, to encourage qualified individuals to serve as directors of Delaware
corporations. The Company believes this provision will assist it in securing
and maintaining the services of qualified individuals who are not employees of
the Company.
 
  The Bylaws provide that the Company will, to the full extent permitted by
the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time, indemnify,
and advance expenses to, each of its currently acting and former directors and
officers.
 
Listing
 
  The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol "TWP" subject to notice of issuance.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
  ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C. will serve as transfer agent and
registrar for the Common Stock.
 
                                      57
<PAGE>
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
   
  Upon completion of the Offering, there will be 13,500,000 shares of Common
Stock outstanding. The 4,103,000 Shares offered hereby, other than up to
200,000 Reserved Shares, will be freely tradable upon completion of the
Offering without restriction under the Securities Act by persons other than
"affiliates" of the Company as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
The remaining 9,397,000 shares of Common Stock will be deemed "restricted
securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 and, as such, will not be eligible
for future sale to the public unless they are sold in transactions registered
under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from registration,
including the exemption afforded by Rule 144.     
   
  The Company, all current stockholders of the Company and the holders of
Reserved Shares have entered into "lock-up" agreements with the Underwriters
pursuant to which they have agreed that they will not, for a period of 180
days after the closing of the Offering, offer, sell, contract to sell, issue
or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities of the
Company which are substantially similar to the Common Stock, or which are
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or securities
substantially similar to the Common Stock without the prior written consent of
J.C. Bradford & Co. Such consent may be granted in whole or in part without a
public announcement. Such agreements have been expressly agreed to preclude
such parties from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is
designed to or reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or
disposition of securities during the applicable period, even if such
securities would be disposed of by someone other than such party. Such
prohibited hedging or other transactions would include, without limitation,
any short sale (whether or not against the box) or any purchase, sale or grant
of any right (including, without limitation, any put or call option) with
respect to any such securities or with respect to any security (other than a
broad-based market basket or index) that includes, relates to or derives any
significant part of its value from such securities. The stockholders subject
to the foregoing restrictions have advised the Company that they do not intend
to request J.C. Bradford & Co. to waive such restrictions during the 180-day
lock-up period. The foregoing restrictions will not apply to the following
transactions by the Company, which are the only transactions during such 180-
day period currently contemplated by the Company: (i) the issuance of options
or other awards under the Stock Incentive Plan and options under the Outside
Director Plan, as such plans are in effect on the date of this Prospectus;
(ii) the issuance of shares of Common Stock under the 1999 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan as in effect on the date of this Prospectus; (iii) the issuance
of up to 135,000 shares of Common Stock upon exercise of options to be granted
by the Company upon the consummation of the Offering pursuant to the Stock
Incentive Plan and the Outside Director Plan; and (iv) the filing of one or
more registration statements on Form S-8 registering the offer and sale of
Common Stock under the Stock Incentive Plan, the Outside Director Plan and the
1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In addition, the lock-up restrictions will
not apply to transfers of Common Stock to the Company, to certain transfers of
Common Stock to family trusts or by gift, will or intestate succession, or to
transfers by a Selling Stockholder to an affiliate which is a wholly-owned
direct or indirect subsidiary of the corporate parent of such Selling
Stockholder. As a condition to any such transfer to a family trust, by gift,
will or intestate succession, or to such an affiliate of a Selling
Stockholder, the transferee (or trustee or legal guardian on the transferee's
behalf) will be required to execute and deliver a lock-up agreement containing
the terms described in this paragraph. Upon expiration of the lock-up period,
the Reserved Shares will be freely tradable by persons other than affiliates
of the Company and up to 9,397,000 shares of Common Stock will be eligible for
sale under Rule 144.     
 
  In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a stockholder (or
stockholders whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate of the
Company, who has beneficially owned "restricted securities" for at least one
year is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of such
shares that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the then outstanding
shares of Common Stock (approximately 135,000 shares of Common Stock
immediately after the Offering) or (ii) the average weekly trading volume of
the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks
 
                                      58
<PAGE>
 
   
preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale with
the Securities and Exchange Commission. Sales under Rule 144 also are subject
to certain other requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and
availability of current public information about the Company. Under Rule
144(k), if a period of at least two years has elapsed between the later of the
date restricted securities were acquired from the Company and the date they
were acquired from an affiliate of the Company, a stockholder who is not an
affiliate of the Company at the time of sale and has not been an affiliate at
any time during the 90 days prior to the sale would be entitled to sell shares
of Common Stock immediately without compliance with the requirements of Rule
144. The Management Holders may be deemed to be affiliates of the Company for
purposes of Rule 144. The foregoing summary of Rule 144 is not intended to be
a complete description thereof.     
   
  The Company has granted "demand" and "piggyback" registration rights with
respect to the Common Stock held by the Institutional Investors. The
Institutional Investors are entitled to require the Company to register the
sale of their shares under the Securities Act on up to two occasions. In
addition, if the Company proposes to register the Common Stock under the
Securities Act (other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or
Form S-8), whether or not for its own account, the Institutional Investors are
entitled to require the Company, subject to certain conditions, to include all
or a portion of their shares in such registration. The Company has registered
the shares offered hereby by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to their
exercise of such piggyback registration rights. The foregoing registration
rights are subject to certain notice requirements, timing restrictions and
volume limitations which may be imposed by the underwriters of an offering.
The Company is required to bear the expenses of all such registrations except
for underwriting discounts and commissions. Following the consummation of the
Offering, 847,000 shares of Common Stock, or 6.3% of the total number of
outstanding shares of Common Stock, will be entitled to the benefits of such
registration rights. See "Certain Transactions--Acquisition Transactions."
    
  Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
Future sales of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock in the public
market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect
the prevailing market price of the Common Stock and could make it more
difficult for the Company to raise funds through a public offering of its
equity securities.
 
                                      59
<PAGE>
 
                                 UNDERWRITING
   
  Under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in an underwriting
agreement, dated April 7, 1999 (the "Underwriting Agreement"), the Company and
the Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell to each of the underwriters named
below (collectively, the "Underwriters"), and each of the Underwriters has
severally agreed to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders,
the respective number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite its name
below for aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of $40,000,000 and to the
Selling Stockholders of $1,030,000 payable in cash against delivery of a
certificate or certificates representing each share of Common Stock:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                Number of Shares
        Underwriter                                             of Common Stock
        -----------                                             ----------------
        <S>                                                     <C>
        J.C. Bradford & Co. ...................................    3,853,000
        First Union Capital Markets Corp. .....................      250,000
                                                                   ---------
        Total .................................................    4,103,000
                                                                   =========
</TABLE>    
   
  The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Underwriters' obligation to pay
for and accept delivery of the Shares is subject to certain conditions
precedent and that the Underwriters will be obligated to purchase all such
Shares if any are purchased. J.C. Bradford & Co., as representative of the
Underwriters (the "Representative"), has informed the Company that the
Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they
exercise discretionary authority.     
   
  The closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares is intended to occur on
or about April 13, 1999, or such other dates as may be agreed upon by the
Company and the Representative.     
   
  The Underwriters propose to offer the Shares in part directly to the public
at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus and in part to certain securities dealers at a price that
represents a concession not in excess of $0.41 per Share under the initial
public offering price. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may re-
allow, a concession not in excess of $0.10 per Share on sales to certain
brokers and dealers. After the Shares are released for sale to the public, the
offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the
Underwriters.     
   
  The Company has granted to the Underwriters the Over-Allotment Option,
exercisable for 30 days from the closing of the Offering, to purchase up to an
aggregate of 615,450 additional shares of Common Stock on the same terms and
conditions as apply to purchases of the Shares. To the extent such option is
exercised, each Underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain
conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of such additional
shares as the number set out next to each such Underwriter's name in the table
above bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock offered by the
Underwriters hereunder. If the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full, the
total price to public of the Shares will be $47,184,500, the total
underwriting discounts and commissions will be $3,302,915 and the total
proceeds to the Company will be $42,923,685, after deducting the Underwriters'
discounts and commissions but before estimated Offering expenses.     
 
  The obligations of the Underwriters under the Underwriting Agreement may be
terminated at the discretion of the respective Underwriters upon the
occurrence of certain events.
 
  The Company, all stockholders of the Company prior to the Offering and the
holders of Reserved Shares have entered into "lock-up" agreements with the
Underwriters pursuant to which they have agreed that, for a period of 180 days
after the closing of the Offering, subject to certain limited exceptions, they
will not offer, sell, contract to sell, issue or otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common Stock or any securities of the Company which are
substantially similar to the Common Stock, or which are convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or securities
 
                                      60
<PAGE>
 
   
substantially similar to the Common Stock without the prior written consent of
J.C. Bradford & Co. Such consent may be granted in whole or in part without a
public announcement. Such agreements have been expressly agreed to preclude
such parties from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is
designed to or reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or
disposition of such securities during the applicable period, even if such
securities would be disposed of by someone other than such party. Such
prohibited hedging or other transactions would include, without limitation,
any short sale (whether or not against the box) or any purchase, sale or grant
of any right (including, without limitation, any put or call option) with
respect to any such securities or with respect to any security (other than a
broad-based market basket or index) that includes, relates to or derives any
significant part of its value from such securities. See "Shares Eligible for
Future Sale."     
   
  At the request of the Company, up to 200,000 Shares have been reserved for
sale in the Offering to certain individuals, including directors, executive
officers and employees of the Company, members of their families or friends,
and other persons having business relationships with the Company. The sale of
the Reserved Shares to such persons will be at the initial public offering
price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, less the underwriting
discounts and commissions. The number of Shares available for sale to the
general public will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the
Reserved Shares. Any Reserved Shares not purchased will be offered by the
Underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other Shares
offered hereby.     
 
  The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities that the Underwriters may incur in
connection with the sale of the Shares, including liabilities arising under
the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the Underwriters may be
required to make with respect thereto.
   
  Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
The initial public offering price of the Shares has been determined by
negotiations among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the
Representative. Among the factors that were considered in determining the
initial public offering price of the Shares, in addition to prevailing market
conditions, are the Company's historical performance, the Underwriters'
estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an
assessment of the Company's management and the consideration of the foregoing
factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
    
  The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol "TWP" subject to notice of issuance.
 
  In connection with the Offering, the Underwriters and their affiliates may
engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market
price of the Shares. Such transactions may include stabilization transactions
effected in accordance with Rule 104 of Regulation M, pursuant to which such
persons may bid for or purchase Shares for the purpose of stabilizing their
market price. The Underwriters also may create a short position for their
accounts by selling more shares of Common Stock in connection with the
Offering than they are committed to purchase from the Company and the Selling
Stockholders, and in such case may purchase shares of Common Stock in the open
market following completion of the Offering to cover all or a portion of such
short position. In addition, the Representative, on behalf of the
Underwriters, may impose "penalty bids" under contractual arrangements with
the Underwriters whereby it may reclaim from a dealer participating in the
Offering, for the account of the Underwriters, the selling concession with
respect to Shares that are distributed in the Offering but subsequently
purchased for the account of the Underwriters in the open market. Any of the
transactions described in this paragraph may result in the maintenance of the
price of the Shares at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the
open market. None of the transactions described in this paragraph is required,
and, if such transactions are undertaken, they may be discontinued at any
time.
 
                                      61
<PAGE>
 
   
  The Company has agreed to pay to TriCapital Corporation, a member of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("TriCapital"), in exchange
for certain financial advisory services provided to the Company in connection
with the Offering, a fee of $250,000 upon the consummation of the Offering. To
the date of this Prospectus, the Company has paid TriCapital an aggregate of
$84,370, which will be offset against the amounts payable by the Company upon
the consummation of the Offering. The Company also has agreed to reimburse
TriCapital for all its out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its
performance of such services.     
 
                                      62
<PAGE>
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
  The validity of the Shares will be passed upon for the Company by Hogan &
Hartson L.L.P., Washington, D.C. Certain matters in connection with the
Offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by McDermott, Will & Emery,
New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
  The balance sheet of Trex Company, Inc. as of December 31, 1998, appearing
in this Prospectus and Registration Statement has been audited by Ernst &
Young LLP, independent public accountants, as set forth in their report
appearing elsewhere herein, and is included in reliance upon such report given
upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
  The financial statements of TREX Company, LLC as of December 31, 1997 and
1998, for the period from August 29, 1996 (inception) to December 31, 1996 and
for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, appearing in this Prospectus
and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
public accountants, as set forth in their reports appearing elsewhere herein,
and are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority of
such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
  The financial statements of the Composite Products Division of Mobil Oil
Corporation (the Predecessor) for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the
period from January 1, 1996 to August 28, 1996, appearing in this Prospectus
and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent
public accountants, as set forth in their reports appearing elsewhere herein,
and are included in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority of
such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (together with all
amendments and exhibits thereto, the "Registration Statement") under the
Securities Act with respect to the Shares. This Prospectus does not contain
all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain items
of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the
Commission. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any
contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement
are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the
copy of the document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each
statement made in this Prospectus relating to such document being qualified in
all respects by such reference. For further information with respect to the
Company and the Shares, reference is hereby made to such Registration
Statement, including the exhibits thereto and the financial statements, notes
and schedules filed as a part thereof. The Registration Statement and the
exhibits thereto filed by the Company with the Commission may be inspected and
copied by the public at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington,
D.C. 20549 and are also available for inspection and copying at the regional
offices of the Commission located at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New
York, New York 10048, and at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite
1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such material also may be obtained
from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates and, in certain cases,
by accessing the Commission's World Wide Web site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
 
                                      63
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
Trex Company, Inc.
Report of Independent Auditors............................................   F-2
<S>                                                                         <C>
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1998.....................................   F-3
Notes to Balance Sheet....................................................   F-4
TREX Company, LLC
Report of Independent Auditors............................................   F-5
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1998...........................   F-6
Statements of Operations for the period from July 1, 1996 (inception) to
 December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998.....   F-7
Statements of Members' Equity for the period from July 1, 1996 (inception)
 to December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and
 1998.....................................................................   F-8
Statements of Cash Flows for the period from July 1, 1996 (inception) to
 December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998.....   F-9
Notes to Financial Statements.............................................  F-10
<CAPTION>
Mobil Composite Products Division of Mobil Oil Corporation
 (The Predecessor)
Report of Independent Auditors............................................  F-19
<S>                                                                         <C>
Statements of Divisional Operations and Divisional Operating Equity
 Deficit for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the period from January
 1, 1996 to August 28, 1996...............................................  F-20
Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the
 period from January 1, 1996 to August 28, 1996...........................  F-21
Notes to Financial Statements.............................................  F-22
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Directors
Trex Company, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Trex Company, Inc. (the
"Company") as of December 31, 1998. The balance sheet is the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
balance sheet based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet. An audit also
includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet
presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
 
In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Trex Company, Inc. at December
31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                                          /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
Vienna, Virginia,
   
January 27, 1999 (except for the first paragraph of Note 1,     
   
as to which the date is March 22, 1999)     
   
    
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                               TREX COMPANY, INC.
 
                                 Balance Sheet
 
                               December 31, 1998
 
Assets
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>
 Cash.................................................................... $1,000
                                                                          ------
Total assets............................................................. $1,000
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>
Stockholder's Equity
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 3,000,000 shares authorized, none
   issued and outstanding............................................... $  --
 Common stock, $0.01 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized, 100 shares
   issued and outstanding...............................................      1
<S>                                                                      <C>
 Additional paid-in capital.............................................    999
 Retained earnings......................................................     --
                                                                         ------
Total stockholder's equity.............................................. $1,000
                                                                         ======
</TABLE>    
 
See accompanying notes to balance sheet.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                               TREX COMPANY, INC
 
                            Notes to Balance Sheet
 
                               December 31, 1998
 
1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
   
  Trex Company, Inc. (the "Company"), a Delaware corporation, was incorporated
on September 4, 1998, for the purpose of acquiring 100% of the membership
interests and operating the business of TREX Company LLC, in conjunction with
a proposed initial public offering ("IPO") of the Company's Common Stock. The
Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of TREX Company, LLC. On March 22, 1999,
the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to increase its
authorized capital to 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 3,000,000 shares
of Preferred Stock. All references in the accompanying balance sheet have been
restated to reflect the increase in the Company's authorized capital.     
 
  Prior to the Company's proposed IPO, the junior membership interests in TREX
Company, LLC will be exchanged for shares of Common Stock of the Company and
the preferred membership interest in TREX Company, LLC will be exchanged for a
note of the Company (the "Reorganization"). Subsequent to such transactions,
TREX Company, LLC will be a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. In
conjunction with the Reorganization, TREX Company, LLC will (1) pay a cash
distribution to its members representing undistributed TREX Company, LLC
taxable earnings and a return of capital and (2) recognize a deferred income
tax liability resulting from the conversion of TREX Company, LLC to a C
corporation.
 
  The net proceeds from the proposed IPO are planned to be used primarily to
reduce outstanding indebtedness, fund a portion of the cash distribution to
its members and provide funds for expansion of operations, working capital
needs and other general corporate purposes.
 
  The Company has had no operations or activity since inception on September
4, 1998 through December 31, 1998.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Cash And Cash Equivalents
 
  Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments purchased with
original maturities of three months or less.
 
Income Taxes
 
  Income taxes are accounted for using the liability method required by
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes."
 
Fair Value Of Financial Statements
 
  The Company considers the recorded value of its financial assets consisting
of cash and cash equivalents to approximate the fair value of the respective
assets at December 31, 1998.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Managers
TREX Company, LLC
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of TREX Company, LLC (the
"Company") as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the related statements of
operations, members' equity, and cash flows for the period from July 1, 1996
(Inception) to December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and
1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of TREX Company, LLC at December
31, 1997 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
the period from July 1, 1996 (Inception) to December 31, 1996 and for the
years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
                                                          /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
Vienna, Virginia,
   
January 21, 1999 (except for Note 11, as to which the     
   
date is April 7, 1999, and Note 12, as to which the date     
   
is February 8, 1999)     
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                               TREX COMPANY, LLC
 
                                 Balance Sheets
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Pro Forma
                                              December 31,        December 31,
                                            1997        1998     1998 (Note 11)
                                         ----------- ----------- --------------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents............. $ 2,000,000 $ 1,200,000  $   200,000
  Trade accounts receivable.............   1,011,000      34,000       34,000
  Inventories...........................   4,475,000   6,007,000    6,007,000
  Prepaid expenses and other assets.....     115,000     673,000      673,000
                                         ----------- -----------  -----------
Total current assets....................   7,601,000   7,914,000    6,914,000
                                         ----------- -----------  -----------
 
Property, plant and equipment, net......  19,213,000  33,886,000   33,886,000
Intangible assets, net..................  10,132,000   9,298,000    9,298,000
Deferred financing charges, net.........     283,000     233,000      233,000
                                         ----------- -----------  -----------
Total Assets............................ $37,229,000 $51,331,000  $50,331,000
                                         =========== ===========  ===========
 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS'/STOCKHOLDERS'
 EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Trade accounts payable................ $ 1,481,000 $ 2,577,000  $ 2,577,000
  Accrued expenses......................     799,000   1,086,000    1,086,000
  Other current liabilities.............   1,165,000   1,314,000    1,314,000
  Distributions payable.................         --          --     7,644,000
  Current portion of long-term debt ....         --    6,109,000    6,109,000
                                         ----------- -----------  -----------
Total current liabilities...............   3,445,000  11,086,000   18,730,000
Long term debt..........................  26,250,000  26,954,000   26,954,000
                                         ----------- -----------  -----------
Total liabilities.......................  29,695,000  38,040,000   45,684,000
                                         ----------- -----------  -----------
 
Members'/Stockholders' Equity:
  Preferred units, 1,000 units
   authorized, issued and outstanding...   3,000,000   3,000,000
  Junior units, 4,000 units authorized,
   issued and outstanding...............   2,350,000   2,350,000
  Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value,
   3,000,000 shares authorized;
   none issued and outstanding, pro
   forma................................
  Common Stock, $0.01 par value,
   40,000,000 shares authorized;
   9,500,000 shares issued and
   outstanding, pro forma...............                               95,000
  Undistributed income/retained
   earnings, pro forma .................   2,184,000   7,941,000    4,552,000
                                         ----------- -----------  -----------
Total members'/stockholders' equity ....   7,534,000  13,291,000    4,647,000
                                         ----------- -----------  -----------
Total Liabilities and
 Members'/Stockholders' Equity.......... $37,229,000 $51,331,000  $50,331,000
                                         =========== ===========  ===========
</TABLE>    
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                               TREX COMPANY, LLC
 
                            Statements of Operations
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                        Period from
                                        July 1, 1996
                                       (Inception) to Year Ended December 31,
                                        December 31,  ------------------------
                                            1996         1997         1998
                                       -------------- -----------  -----------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>          <C>
Net sales.............................  $ 5,708,000   $34,137,000  $46,818,000
Cost of sales.........................    3,481,000    16,774,000   22,956,000
                                        -----------   -----------  -----------
Gross profit..........................    2,227,000    17,363,000   23,862,000
Selling, general, and administrative
 expenses.............................    2,558,000     8,992,000   12,878,000
                                        -----------   -----------  -----------
(Loss) income from operations.........     (331,000)    8,371,000   10,984,000
Interest income.......................       91,000       150,000      411,000
Interest (expense)....................   (1,025,000)   (2,927,000)  (2,937,000)
                                        -----------   -----------  -----------
Net (loss) income.....................  $(1,265,000)  $ 5,594,000  $ 8,458,000
                                        ===========   ===========  ===========
Basic earnings per junior unit .......  $   (350.00)  $  1,297.25  $  2,013.25
                                        ===========   ===========  ===========
Weighted average junior units
 outstanding..........................        4,000         4,000        4,000
                                        ===========   ===========  ===========
Pro Forma Data (unaudited, see Note
 11):
  Historical net income...............                             $ 8,458,000
  Pro forma income taxes..............                              (3,383,000)
                                                                   -----------
  Pro forma net income................                             $ 5,075,000
                                                                   ===========
  Pro forma income per share, basic...                             $      0.53
                                                                   ===========
  Pro forma weighted average shares
   outstanding........................                               9,500,000
                                                                   ===========
</TABLE>    
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                               TREX COMPANY, LLC
 
                         Statements of Members' Equity
 
       For the period from July 1, 1996 (Inception) to December 31, 1996
               and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Preferred    Junior   Undistributed
                                Units      Units    Income (Loss)    Total
                              ---------- ---------- ------------- -----------
<S>                           <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
Balance, July 1, 1996
 (Inception)................. $      --  $      --   $       --   $       --
Proceeds from issuance of
 units.......................  3,000,000  2,350,000          --     5,350,000
Net loss.....................        --         --    (1,265,000)  (1,265,000)
Distributions declared.......        --         --      (135,000)    (135,000)
                              ---------- ----------  -----------  -----------
Balance, December 31, 1996...  3,000,000  2,350,000   (1,400,000)   3,950,000
Net income...................        --         --     5,594,000    5,594,000
Distributions declared.......        --         --      (405,000)    (405,000)
Tax distributions............        --         --    (1,605,000)  (1,605,000)
                              ---------- ----------  -----------  -----------
Balance, December 31, 1997...  3,000,000  2,350,000    2,184,000    7,534,000
Net income...................        --         --     8,458,000    8,458,000
Distributions declared.......        --         --      (405,000)    (405,000)
Tax distributions............        --         --    (2,296,000)  (2,296,000)
                              ---------- ----------  -----------  -----------
Balance, December 31, 1998... $3,000,000 $2,350,000  $ 7,941,000  $13,291,000
                              ========== ==========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                               TREX COMPANY, LLC
 
                            Statements of Cash Flows
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Period from
                                      July 1, 1996
                                      (Inception)
                                           to
                                      December 31,  Year ended December 31,
                                          1996         1997          1998
                                      ------------  -----------  ------------
<S>                                   <C>           <C>          <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net (loss) income.................... $ (1,265,000) $ 5,594,000  $  8,458,000
Adjustments to reconcile net income
 to net cash (used in) provided by
 operating activities
  Depreciation and amortization......      858,000    2,642,000     3,114,000
  Amortization of deferred financing
   charges...........................       17,000       50,000        50,000
  Loss on disposal of property, plant
   and equipment.....................      148,000      161,000       187,000
  Changes in operating assets and
   liabilities
    Trade accounts receivable........      646,000     (485,000)      977,000
    Inventories......................   (2,332,000)  (1,569,000)   (1,532,000)
    Prepaid expenses and other
     assets..........................     (115,000)      44,000      (558,000)
    Trade accounts payable...........      280,000      (62,000)    1,096,000
    Accrued expenses.................      426,000      197,000       287,000
    Other current liabilities........    1,014,000      (51,000)      149,000
    Distributions payable............      101,000          --            --
                                      ------------  -----------  ------------
Net cash (used in) provided by
 operating activities................     (222,000)   6,521,000    12,228,000
                                      ------------  -----------  ------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of net assets...............  (29,191,000)         --            --
Expenditures for property, plant and
 equipment...........................   (1,062,000)  (3,252,000)  (17,140,000)
                                      ------------  -----------  ------------
Net cash used in investing
 activities..........................  (30,253,000)  (3,252,000)  (17,140,000)
                                      ------------  -----------  ------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Borrowings under mortgages and
 notes...............................   28,900,000          --      6,886,000
Proceeds from issuance of preferred
 units...............................    3,000,000          --            --
Proceeds from issuance of junior
 units...............................    2,350,000          --            --
Principal payments under mortgages
 and notes...........................          --    (3,000,000)      (73,000)
Preferred distributions paid.........      (34,000)    (405,000)     (405,000)
Tax distributions paid...............          --    (1,605,000)   (2,296,000)
                                      ------------  -----------  ------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
 financing activities................   34,216,000   (5,010,000)    4,112,000
                                      ------------  -----------  ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
 cash equivalents....................    3,741,000   (1,741,000)     (800,000)
Cash and cash equivalents at
 beginning of period.................          --     3,741,000     2,000,000
                                      ------------  -----------  ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
 period.............................. $  3,741,000  $ 2,000,000  $  1,200,000
                                      ============  ===========  ============
</TABLE>
 
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                               TREX COMPANY, LLC
 
                         Notes to Financial Statements
 
 For the period from July 1, 1996 (Inception) to December 31, 1996 and for the
                    years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998
 
1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
 
TREX Company, LLC ("Trex" or the "Company") manufactures and distributes wood
polymer (thermo-plastic) composite products primarily for consumer and
commercial decking applications. Trex lumber is manufactured primarily from
reclaimed plastic (mainly shopping bags and stretch film) and hardwood waste.
 
Organization
 
Trex is a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of
Delaware on July 1, 1996 (Inception). The Company initiated commercial
activity on August 29, 1996.
 
On August 29, 1996, Trex acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed
certain liabilities of Mobil Oil Corporation's Composite Products Division
("CPD"). The Company acquired these net assets for cash of approximately $29
million. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase accounting
method.
 
Reorganization
 
On September 4, 1998 the Company formed a wholly owned subsidiary, Trex
Company, Inc., for the purpose of acquiring 100% of the membership interests
and operating the business of the Company in conjunction with the subsidiary's
proposed initial public offering of common stock (the "IPO"). The Company will
account for the reorganization as an exchange of shares between entities under
common control at historical cost in a manner similar to a pooling of
interests. As of December 31, 1998, the Company had capitalized its subsidiary
with an initial capital contribution of $1,000 and the subsidiary had no other
assets or operations as of that date or for the inception period then ended.
The Company has reflected its investment in its subsidiary as a component of
other assets as of December 31, 1998.
 
In connection with the anticipated IPO, which is expected to be consummated in
the first quarter of 1999, the Company will complete certain transactions
related thereto prior to the consummation of the IPO. See Note 12 for details
of these transactions.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments purchased with original
maturities of three months or less.
 
Inventories
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (last-in, first-out) or market
value.
 
                                     F- 10
<PAGE>
 
                               TREX COMPANY, LLC
 
                  Notes to Financial Statements--(continued)
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
Long Lived Assets
 
  Property, Plant and Equipment
 
  Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost. The costs of
  additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs
  are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is provided using the straight line
  method over the following estimated useful lives:
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                               <C>
      Machinery and equipment.......................................... 11 years
      Furniture and equipment.......................................... 10 years
      Forklifts and tractors...........................................  5 years
      Data processing equipment........................................  5 years
</TABLE>
 
  Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or
  the estimated useful life of the asset.
 
  Intangible Assets
 
  Intangible assets consist of goodwill representing the excess of cost over
  net assets acquired and organizational costs resulting from the purchase of
  CPD. Goodwill and organizational costs are amortized using the straight
  line method over periods of 15 and 5 years, respectively.
 
 The Company assesses the impairment of long-lived assets including intangible
assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121,
Accounting for the Impairment of Long Lived Assets and for Long Lived Assets
to be Disposed of ("SFAS 121"). SFAS 121 requires impairment losses to be
recognized for long-lived assets when indicators of impairment are present and
the undiscounted cash flows are not sufficient to recover the assets' carrying
amounts. Intangibles are also evaluated for recoverability by estimating the
projected undiscounted cash flows, excluding interest, of the related business
activities. The impairment loss of these assets, including goodwill, is
measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to its fair value with
any excess of carrying value over fair value written off. Fair value is based
on market prices where available, an estimate of market value, or various
valuation techniques including discounted cash flow.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company recognizes revenue at the point of sale, which is at the time of
shipment to the customer from the warehouse.
 
Deferred Financing Charges
 
Deferred financing charges represent the unamortized portion of the discount
upon the issuance of the subordinated and senior notes (See Note 5). These are
amortized as interest expense using the effective interest method.
 
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                               TREX COMPANY, LLC
 
                  Notes to Financial Statements--(continued)
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company is a partnership for income tax purposes. Accordingly, no
provision for income taxes has been included in these financial statements, as
taxable income or loss passes through to, and is reported by, members
individually.
 
Research and Development Costs
 
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. For the period from
July 1, 1996 (Inception) to December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December
31, 1997 and 1998, research and development costs were approximately $357,000,
$909,000 and $946,000, respectively.
 
Advertising Costs
 
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. For the period from July 1, 1996
(Inception) to December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and
1998, advertising costs were approximately $461,000, $2,103,000 and
$3,168,000, respectively.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Fair Value of Financial Statements
 
The Company considers the recorded value of its financial assets and
liabilities, consisting primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts
receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other current
liabilities, and long term debt to approximate the fair value of the
respective assets and liabilities at December 31, 1997 and 1998.
 
Recent Pronouncements
 
The Company has determined that no recent FASB accounting pronouncements will
have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of
operations.
 
3. INVENTORIES
 
Inventories consist of the following as of December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1997       1998
                                                           ---------- ----------
      <S>                                                  <C>        <C>
      Finished Goods...................................... $4,026,000 $4,847,000
      Raw Materials.......................................    449,000  1,160,000
                                                           ---------- ----------
                                                           $4,475,000 $6,007,000
                                                           ========== ==========
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
                               TREX COMPANY, LLC
 
                  Notes to Financial Statements--(continued)
 
 
4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following as of December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1997         1998
                                                       -----------  -----------
   <S>                                                 <C>          <C>
   Building and improvements.......................... $ 1,659,000  $ 5,436,000
   Machinery and equipment............................  19,040,000   27,222,000
   Furniture and equipment............................      36,000       95,000
   Forklifts and tractors.............................     131,000      131,000
   Data processing equipment..........................     187,000      355,000
   Construction in process............................     521,000    1,851,000
   Land...............................................         --     3,437,000
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                        21,574,000   38,527,000
   Accumulated depreciation...........................  (2,361,000)  (4,641,000)
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                       $19,213,000  $33,886,000
                                                       ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
Depreciation expense for the period from July 1, 1996 (Inception) to December
31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 totaled $579,000,
$1,808,000 and $2,280,000, respectively.
 
5. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
Intangible assets consist of the following as of December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1997         1998
                                                       -----------  -----------
   <S>                                                 <C>          <C>
   Goodwill........................................... $10,609,000  $10,609,000
   Organization costs.................................     636,000      636,000
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                        11,245,000   11,245,000
   Accumulated amortization...........................  (1,113,000)  (1,947,000)
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                       $10,132,000  $ 9,298,000
                                                       ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
 
Amortization expense for the period from July 1, 1996 (Inception) to December
31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 totaled $279,000,
$834,000 and $834,000, respectively.
 
6. DEBT
 
The Company maintains an agreement with a bank to provide a $6,000,000 line of
credit for working capital purposes, secured by substantially all of the
Company's accounts receivable and inventories. The line of credit accrues
interest at LIBOR plus 200 basis points and matures on April 10, 1999. There
were no amounts outstanding at December 31, 1997 or 1998.
 
During the year ended December 31, 1998, the Company borrowed $4,815,000 under
two mortgages to fund, in part, the acquisition of a new manufacturing
facility and research development facility. The mortgages provide for monthly
amortization of principal and interest over a 15-year amortization schedule,
with all remaining principal due ten years from the mortgage dates. The
mortgages have floating rates of LIBOR plus 100 basis points, and the Company
entered into interest rate swap agreements, as discussed below, at the
notional amounts of the amortizing principal balances, that effectively fix
the interest rates paid by the Company at 7.12% and 6.80%, respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 1998, the Company borrowed $2,071,000 under
a promissory note. The note bears interest at 7.5%, payable monthly, with the
entire principal amount due September 5, 1999.
 
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                               TREX COMPANY, LLC
 
                  Notes to Financial Statements--(continued)
 
6. DEBT (continued)
 
Debt consists of the following as of December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997        1998
                                                        ----------- -----------
   <S>                                                  <C>         <C>
   Senior Notes, due August 30, 2003, 10%.............. $21,250,000 $21,250,000
   Subordinated Notes, due August 30, 2004, 12%........   5,000,000   5,000,000
   Mortgage, due September 16, 2008, 7.12%.............         --    3,710,000
   Mortgage, due November 28, 2008, 6.8%...............         --    1,032,000
   Promissory Note, due September 5, 1999, 7.5%........         --    2,071,000
                                                        ----------- -----------
                                                         26,250,000  33,063,000
   Less current portion................................         --   (6,109,000)
                                                        ----------- -----------
   Long-term debt...................................... $26,250,000 $26,954,000
                                                        =========== ===========
</TABLE>
 
Maturities of debt are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Years ending December 31,
      <S>                                                           <C>
        1999....................................................... $ 6,109,000
        2000.......................................................   4,052,000
        2001.......................................................   5,317,000
        2002.......................................................   5,333,000
        2003.......................................................   7,350,000
        Thereafter.................................................   4,902,000
                                                                    -----------
                                                                    $33,063,000
                                                                    ===========
</TABLE>
 
The Senior and Subordinated Notes are secured by substantially all of the
assets of the Company, with the Senior Notes holding liquidation preferences,
and are held by the Company's Class B Members. The mortgages and promissory
notes are secured by the Company's various real estate holdings and are held
by various financial institutions.
 
The Company made interest payments in the amount of approximately $1,025,000,
$2,975,000 and $2,875,000 for the period from July 1, 1996 (Inception) to
December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998,
respectively.
 
During 1998, the Company entered into interest-rate swap agreements to
eliminate the impact of increases and decreases in interest rates on its
floating-rate mortgages. At December 31, 1998, the Company had two interest-
rate swap agreements outstanding. The agreements effectively entitle the
Company to receive from (pay to) the bank the amount, if any, by which the
Company's interest payments on its $3,780,000 and $1,035,000 floating-rate
mortgages due in June 2008 and November 2008 exceed (fall below) 7.12 and 6.80
percent, respectively. The Company has not incurred a premium or other fee for
these interest-rate swap agreements. Payments received (made) as a result of
the agreements are accrued as a reduction of (increase to) interest expense on
the floating-rate mortgage debt. The notional amounts of these agreements
correspond to the outstanding balances of the mortgage debt.
 
The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
counter-party on interest-rate swap agreements but the Company does not
anticipate nonperformance by the counter-party. The amount of such exposure is
generally the unrealized gains in such agreements.
 
 
                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
                               TREX COMPANY, LLC
 
                  Notes to Financial Statements--(continued)
 
 
7. MEMBERS' EQUITY
 
Trex was initially capitalized by the sale of 3,000 Class A units for
$2,000,000 and 1,000 Class B units for $350,000. The Class A and Class B units
are collectively known as junior units. In conjunction with the acquisition of
substantially all of the assets and assumption of certain liabilities of CPD,
the Company issued Mobil Oil Corporation 1,000 preferred units in exchange for
$3,000,000.
 
Class A members have the right to elect the members of the Company's Board of
Managers, which carries on the day-to-day business of the Company. Major
decisions of the Company, such as those outside the ordinary course of
business, require the approval of both Class A and Class B members. Class B
units are convertible pro-rata into Class A units.
 
The preferred units are non-transferable and have limited voting rights as
defined in the Limited Liability Company Agreement. Preferred units are
entitled to a preferred annual return, which is cumulative and payable under
the terms of the Limited Liability Company Agreement. The Company has the
right to redeem the preferred units upon 30 days prior notice at the original
issuance costs plus any accumulated preferred returns at the time of
redemption.
 
Cash distributions to members shall be distributed upon approval of the Board
of Managers and are limited under the terms of the Limited Liability Company
Agreement. Members' liabilities are limited to their respective capital
contributions.
 
The Company is party to a unitholders agreement that provides for certain
additional rights such as registration, approval of certain transactions and
other rights as defined in the agreement.
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per junior
unit:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Period from
                                        July 1, 1996
                                       (Inception) to Year Ended December 31,
                                        December 31,  ------------------------
                                            1996         1997         1998
                                       -------------- -----------  -----------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>          <C>
Numerator:
 Net (loss) income....................  $(1,265,000)  $ 5,594,000  $ 8,458,000
 Preferred dividends..................     (135,000)     (405,000)    (405,000)
                                        -----------   -----------  -----------
 Net (loss) income available to junior
  unitholders.........................  $(1,400,000)  $ 5,189,000  $ 8,053,000
                                        ===========   ===========  ===========
Denominator:
 Denominator for basic earnings per
  junior unit-weighted average units
  outstanding.........................        4,000         4,000        4,000
                                        ===========   ===========  ===========
Basic earnings per junior unit .......  $   (350.00)  $  1,297.25  $  2,013.25
                                        ===========   ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
   
The basic earnings per junior unit amounts shown above have not been adjusted
to reflect (i) the reorganization (see Notes 1 and 12), (ii) the issuance of
9,500,000 shares of Trex Company, Inc. common stock in exchange for the junior
units in the Company or (iii) the effect of federal and state income taxes,
since the Company was not subject to income taxes for the periods presented.
Fully diluted earnings per junior unit is the same as basic earnings per
junior unit, and, therefore, is not separately presented.     
 
 
                                     F-15
<PAGE>
 
                               TREX COMPANY, LLC
 
                  Notes to Financial Statements--(continued)
 
8. LEASES
 
The Company leases office space, storage warehouses and certain office and
plant equipment under various operating leases. Minimum annual payments under
these non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 1998 were as follows :
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Year ending December 31,
      ------------------------
      <S>                                                               <C>
        1999........................................................... $378,000
        2000...........................................................  221,000
        2001...........................................................  119,000
        2002...........................................................   65,000
        2003...........................................................   47,000
                                                                        --------
        Thereafter..................................................... $830,000
                                                                        ========
</TABLE>
 
For the period from July 1, 1996 (Inception) to December 31, 1996 and for the
years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, the Company had rental expenses of
approximately $257,000, $1,020,000 and $1,024,000, respectively, including the
rental of the Company's plant which was purchased during 1998.
 
9. FRINGE BENEFIT PLANS
 
The Company has a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and a Money Purchase Pension Plan
for the benefit of all employees who meet certain eligibility requirements.
The plan documents provide for the Company to make defined contributions as
well as matching and other discretionary contributions, as determined by the
Board of Managers. The Company contributed $15,000, $85,000 and $120,000 to
the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and $0, $50,000 and $192,000 to the Money
Purchase Pension Plan during the period from July 1, 1996 (Inception) to
December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998,
respectively.
 
10. OTHER INFORMATION
 
The Company is from time to time party to litigation arising in the ordinary
course of its business. The Company believes that such litigation will not
have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results from
operations.
 
During 1998, the Company entered into a take-or-pay contract to secure an
ongoing source of raw materials at competitive, market prices. The contract
requires the Company to take or pay for raw materials in the amount of
$3,300,000 annually for a period of nine years, commencing upon the counter-
party's completion of its production facility. No raw materials have been
supplied under this agreement.
 
Approximately 66%, 68% and 74% of the Company's sales for the period from July
1, 1996 (Inception) to December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31,
1997 and 1998, respectively, were from its five largest customers.
Approximately 25%, 24% and 22% of the Company's raw materials for the period
from July 1, 1996 (Inception) to December 31, 1996 and for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively, were purchased from four suppliers.
 
                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
                               TREX COMPANY, LLC
 
                  Notes to Financial Statements--(continued)
 
 
11. PRO FORMA DATA (Unaudited)
   
The unaudited pro forma balance sheet gives effect to the reorganization (see
Notes 1 and 12) as if the reorganization had occurred on December 31, 1998 and
reflects (i) the issuance of a $3.1 million note by Trex Company, Inc. in
exchange for the preferred units in the Company, (ii) the distribution of
previously taxed earnings of the Company of approximately $3,294,000 and a
return of capital totaling $2,350,000 and (iii) the issuance of 9,500,000
shares of Trex Company, Inc. common stock in exchange for the junior units in
the Company. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet excludes the effects of (i)
the recognition of a net deferred tax liability totaling approximately
$2,400,000 that would have been recognized if the conversion from a limited
liability company to a corporation taxed in accordance with Subchapter C of
the Internal Revenue Code (a "C corporation") had occurred on December 31,
1998, and (ii) certain transactions which will occur upon consummation of the
IPO (see Note 12).     
   
The pro forma statement of operations data give effect to the reorganization
as if the reorganization had occurred on January 1, 1998. The pro forma net
income taxes and pro forma net income reflect federal and state income taxes
(assuming a 40% combined effective tax rate) as if the Company had been taxed
as a C corporation for the year ended December 31, 1998. Pro forma weighted
average shares outstanding reflect 9,500,000 shares outstanding, which assumes
that the shares resulting from the reorganization were outstanding for the
year ended December 31, 1998 (See Note 12). Fully diluted income per share is
the same as basic income per share, and, therefore, is not separately
presented.     
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per common
share on a supplemental pro forma basis:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Year Ended
                                                                   December 31,
                                                                       1998
                                                                   ------------
<S>                                                                <C>
Numerator:
  Net income......................................................  $8,458,000
  Reduction in interest expense, net .............................   2,351,000
  Pro forma income tax provision..................................  (4,324,000)
                                                                    ==========
  Supplemental pro forma net income available to common
   shareholders...................................................  $6,485,000
                                                                    ==========
Denominator:
  Denominator for pro forma basic earnings per common share-
   weighted average shares outstanding............................  13,500,000
                                                                    ==========
  Supplemental pro forma basic earnings per common share .........  $     0.48
                                                                    ==========
</TABLE>
 
The above supplemental pro forma basic earnings per common share amounts have
been adjusted to reflect the reorganization (see Notes 1 and 12) as if the
reorganization had occurred on January 1, 1998. The supplemental pro forma
reduction in interest expense gives effect to the repayment of the Senior and
Subordinated Notes, and related debt issuance and discount amortization, from
the net proceeds of the IPO (see Note 12) as if such repayment had been made
as of January 1, 1998. The supplemental pro forma income tax provision
reflects federal and state income taxes (assuming a 40% combined effective tax
rate) as if the Company had been taxed as a C corporation as of January 1,
1998. Supplemental pro forma net income available to common shareholders
assumes the preferred units were exchanged as of January 1, 1998. Supplemental
pro forma weighted average shares outstanding assumes that the shares
resulting from the reorganization and the consummation of the IPO were
outstanding for the entire period. Supplemental pro forma fully diluted
earnings per share is the same as supplemental pro forma basic earnings per
share, and therefore, is not separately presented.
 
                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
                               TREX COMPANY, LLC
 
                  Notes to Financial Statements--(continued)
 
 
12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
The Company will complete certain transactions prior to the consummation of
the IPO by its wholly owned subsidiary at December 31, 1998, Trex Company,
Inc. Prior to the IPO, the junior unitholders of the Company will contribute
their membership interests in the Company to Trex Company, Inc. in exchange
for common stock of Trex Company, Inc. (the "Exchange Transaction").
Concurrently with such exchange, the preferred unitholder will exchange its
preferred interest in the Company for a $3.1 million note of Trex Company,
Inc. payable upon the consummation of the Offering. As a result of such
exchanges, the Company will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Trex Company,
Inc. The Company will account for the reorganization as an exchange of shares
between entities under common control at historical cost in a manner similar
to a pooling of interests. After the reorganization, the ownership percentage
of each Trex Company, Inc. common stockholder will be the same as its
ownership percentage in the junior units of the Company.
 
In connection with the Exchange Transaction, the Company will make a special
cash distribution to its junior unitholders. If it had been made as of
December 31, 1998, the distribution would have totaled approximately
$5,644,000 and consisted of approximately $3,294,000 attributable to
previously recognized and undistributed income of the Company and
approximately $2,350,000 attributable to a return of capital at December 31,
1998. The actual distribution is subject to change based on the actual taxable
income of the Company during 1999 through the date of the Exchange
Transaction. In addition, a deferred income tax liability, estimated to be
approximately $2,357,000 at December 31, 1998, will be recognized as a result
of the conversion from a limited liability company to a C corporation.
 
Immediately prior to the Exchange Transaction, the Company will exercise an
option to repurchase approximately 667 junior units from certain unitholders
at a price of $.01 per unit. The terms of this option are set forth in an
agreement which the Company and the junior unitholders entered into in
connection with the CPD acquisition. The Company's equity has not been
retroactively restated for the proposed reorganization.
 
The net proceeds from the proposed IPO are planned to be used primarily to
reduce outstanding indebtedness, fund a portion of the LLC distributions and
provide funds for expansion of operations, working capital needs, and other
general corporate purposes.
 
                                     F-18
<PAGE>
 
                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Managers
TREX Company, LLC
 
We have audited the related statements of divisional operations and divisional
operating equity deficit and cash flows of Mobil Composite Products Division
of Mobil Oil Corporation for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the period
from January 1, 1996 to August 28, 1996. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Mobil
Composite Products Division for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the
period from January 1, 1996 to August 28, 1996 in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
 
                                                          /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
Vienna, Virginia
June 24, 1998
 
                                     F-19
<PAGE>
 
                      MOBIL COMPOSITE PRODUCTS DIVISION OF
                    MOBIL OIL CORPORATION (THE PREDECESSOR)
 
                    Statements of Divisional Operations and
                      Divisional Operating Equity Deficit
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Period from
                                                   Year ended   January 1, 1996
                                                  December 31,   to August 28,
                                                      1995           1996
                                                  ------------  ---------------
<S>                                               <C>           <C>
Net sales........................................ $ 19,635,000   $ 18,071,000
Cost of sales....................................   10,269,000      9,188,000
                                                  ------------   ------------
Gross profit.....................................    9,366,000      8,883,000
Selling, general, and administrative expenses....    6,943,000      5,508,000
                                                  ------------   ------------
Net income....................................... $  2,423,000   $  3,375,000
Divisional operating equity deficit--beginning... $(29,121,000)  $(26,698,000)
                                                  ------------   ------------
Divisional operating equity deficit--ending...... $(26,698,000)  $(23,323,000)
                                                  ============   ============
Pro forma net income (Note 6):
   Net income (historical)....................... $  2,423,000   $  3,375,000
   Pro forma tax provision (unaudited)...........      969,000      1,350,000
                                                  ------------   ------------
   Pro forma net income (unaudited).............. $  1,454,000   $  2,025,000
                                                  ============   ============
</TABLE>
 
  See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
 
                      MOBIL COMPOSITE PRODUCTS DIVISION OF
                    MOBIL OIL CORPORATION (THE PREDECESSOR)
 
                            Statements of Cash Flows
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Period from
                                                                    January 1,
                                                        Year ended    1996 to
                                                       December 31, August 28,
                                                           1995        1996
                                                       ------------ -----------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income...........................................   $2,423,000  $3,375,000
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
 provided by operating activities
 Depreciation and amortization.......................    1,328,000   1,117,000
 Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment...      209,000          --
 Changes in operating assets and liabilities
  Trade accounts receivable..........................     (101,000)   (582,000)
  Inventories........................................    1,306,000    (170,000)
  Prepaid expenses and other assets..................           --     (44,000)
  Trade accounts payable.............................     (225,000)     12,000
  Accrued expenses...................................      (17,000)   (107,000)
  Other liabilities..................................      (82,000)   (753,000)
                                                        ----------  ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities............    4,841,000   2,848,000
                                                        ----------  ----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Expenditures for property, plant and equipment.......   (3,842,000) (3,708,000)
                                                        ----------  ----------
Net cash used in investing activities................   (3,842,000) (3,708,000)
                                                        ----------  ----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Intercompany financing, net..........................   (1,009,000)    860,000
                                                        ----------  ----------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities..   (1,009,000)    860,000
                                                        ----------  ----------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents............      (10,000)         --
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.......       10,000          --
                                                        ----------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.............   $       --  $       --
                                                        ==========  ==========
</TABLE>
 
  See accompanying notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
 
                     MOBIL COMPOSITE PRODUCTS DIVISION OF
                    MOBIL OIL CORPORATION (THE PREDECESSOR)
 
                         Notes to Financial Statements
 
           For the year ended December 31, 1995 and the period from
                      January 1, 1996 to August 28, 1996
 
1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
 
Mobil Composite Products Division, (the "Predecessor" or the "Division")
manufactures and distributes wood polymer (thermo-plastic) composite products
primarily for consumer and commercial decking applications. The Division is
operated by Mobil Chemical Company, a subsidiary of Mobil Oil Corporation (the
"Parent"). The Division markets its products throughout North America.
 
On August 29, 1996, TREX Company, LLC ("Trex") acquired substantially all of
the assets and assumed certain of the liabilities of the Division. Trex
acquired these net assets for cash of approximately $29 million.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments purchased with original
maturities of three months or less.
 
Inventories
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (last-in, first-out) or market
value.
 
Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost. The costs of
additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are
charged to expense as incurred.
 
Depreciation is provided using the straight line method over the following
estimated useful lives:
 
     Machinery and equipment............................... 11 years
     Furniture and equipment............................... 10 years
     Forklifts and tractors................................. 5 years
     Data processing equipment.............................. 5 years
 
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the
estimated life of the asset.
 
Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the period from
January 1, 1996 to August 28, 1996 totaled $1,141,000 and $992,000,
respectively.
 
Intangible Asset
 
The intangible asset consists of a non-compete agreement which is amortized
using the straight line method over a period of 7 years.
 
                                     F-22
<PAGE>
 
                     MOBIL COMPOSITE PRODUCTS DIVISION OF
                    MOBIL OIL CORPORATION (THE PREDECESSOR)
 
                  Notes to Financial Statements--(continued)
 
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Division recognizes revenue at the point of sale, which is at time of
shipment to the customer from the warehouse.
 
Research and Development Costs
 
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. For the year ended
December 31, 1995 and the period from January 1, 1996 to August 28, 1996,
research and development costs were approximately $830,000 and $710,000,
respectively. Approximately $204,000 of these costs were allocated from
another division of the Parent for the year ended December 31, 1995, while
substantially all research and development costs were incurred directly by the
Division for the period from January 1, 1996 to August 28, 1996.
 
Advertising Costs
 
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. For the year ended December 31,
1995 and the period from January 1, 1996 to August 28, 1996, advertising costs
were approximately $1,240,000 and $1,542,000, respectively.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income taxes have been excluded from the accompanying financial statements as
the Division was included in the consolidated tax returns of it Parent. There
were no tax allocations to the division during the year ended December 31,
1995 and the period from January 1, 1996 to August 28, 1996.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
3. LEASES
 
For the year ended December 31, 1995 and the period from January 1, 1996 to
August 28, 1996, the Division had rental expense of approximately $684,000 and
$451,000, respectively.
 
4. ALLOCATION OF EXPENSES
 
The Parent and certain of its subsidiaries provide the Division with various
administrative and financial services. These services include treasury,
insurance and tax administration, legal, certain payroll and employee benefit
administration, health and safety and environmental compliance. Mobil's policy
is to allocate centrally incurred costs primarily on the basis of usage or on
estimated time spent. Management believes these allocations and charges have
been made on a reasonable basis; however, they are not necessarily indicative
of the level of expenses which might have been incurred had the division been
operated as a stand-alone entity.
 
                                     F-23
<PAGE>
 
                     MOBIL COMPOSITE PRODUCTS DIVISION OF
                    MOBIL OIL CORPORATION (THE PREDECESSOR)
 
                  Notes to Financial Statements--(continued)
 
 
5. LITIGATION
 
During 1995 the Division incurred approximately $600,000 in legal expenses in
connection with a patent dispute. The dispute has been resolved in favor of
the Division. In addition, the Division is from time to time party to
litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business. The Division is not
subject to any material pending litigation.
 
6. PRO FORMA TAX PROVISION (UNAUDITED)
 
The pro forma unaudited condensed information is based upon the historical
financial information of the Division adjusted to reflect estimated income tax
provisions (assuming a 40% effective rate) on historical income before taxes
which would have occurred had the Division been taxed as a stand-alone entity.
 
 
                                     F-24
<PAGE>
 
[The graphics on the inside back cover page are displayed on a three-page
color fold-out and consist of the following: (i) on the first page, eleven
color photographs of Company operations superimposed on a photograph of an
employee holding waste wood fiber and reclaimed polyethylene used in the
manufacture of the Company's product, accompanied by the registered product
logo; and (ii) on a gatefold consisting of the second and third pages, color
photographs showing television and print advertising, public relations in
print media, corporate recognition of the Company, the Company's official
spokesperson, product support materials and the Company's Web site,
superimposed on a photograph of a retail outlet advertising sale of the
Company's product]
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  No dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any
information or to make any representations not contained in this Prospectus in
connection with the offering covered by this Prospectus. If given or made,
such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been
authorized by the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters. This
Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer
to buy, any security other than the Common Stock, nor does it constitute an
offer or solicitation in any jurisdiction where, or to any person to whom, it
is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation, or an offer or solicitation by
anyone in any jurisdiction in which the person making such offer or
solicitation is not qualified to do so. Neither the delivery of this
Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create
any implication that there has been no change in the facts set forth in this
Prospectus or in the affairs of the Company since the date hereof.
 
                               ----------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Summary..................................................................   3
Risk Factors.............................................................  11
Use of Proceeds..........................................................  19
Dividend Policy..........................................................  19
Capitalization...........................................................  20
Dilution.................................................................  21
Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data.........................  22
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations...........................................................  25
Business.................................................................  32
Management...............................................................  45
Certain Transactions.....................................................  51
Principal and Selling Stockholders.......................................  54
Description of Capital Stock.............................................  55
Shares Eligible for Future Sale..........................................  58
Underwriting.............................................................  60
Legal Matters............................................................  63
Experts..................................................................  63
Additional Information...................................................  63
Index to Financial Statements............................................ F-1
</TABLE>
 
                               ----------------
   
  Until May 3, 1999 (25 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers
effecting transactions in the shares of Common Stock, whether or not
participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a Prospectus.
This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus when
acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.     
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                
                             4,103,000 Shares     
 
                              Trex Company, Inc.
 
                                 Common Stock
 
                               ----------------
 
                                  PROSPECTUS
 
                               ----------------
       
                         
                               J.C.Bradford&Co.      
                                  
                                April 8, 1999     
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
  The following table sets forth the costs and expenses expected to be
incurred in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being
registered hereby. All amounts except the SEC Registration Fee, the NASD
Filing Fee and the NYSE Listing Fee are estimated.
 
<TABLE>   
   <S>                                                            <C>
   SEC Registration Fee.......................................... $   16,959.06
   NASD Filing Fee...............................................      7,578.00
   NYSE Listing Fee..............................................    115,000.00
   Accounting Fees and Expenses..................................    250,000.00
   Legal Fees and Expenses.......................................    300,000.00
   TriCapital Corporation Fee....................................    250,000.00
   Printing and Engraving Expenses...............................    250,000.00
   Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses..............................     35,000.00
   Miscellaneous.................................................     75,462.94
                                                                  -------------
     Total....................................................... $1,300,000.00
                                                                  =============
</TABLE>    
       
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
  Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 145(a) of the Delaware General
Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was
or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending
or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of
the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director,
officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the
request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts
paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good
faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed
to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal
action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person's conduct
was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment,
order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its
equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not
act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be
in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect
to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the
person's conduct was unlawful.
 
  Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law states that a
corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or
in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason
of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent
of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as
a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection
with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in
good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no
indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to
which the person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation
unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court
in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application
that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the
circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other
court shall deem proper.
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
  Section 145(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that to the
extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been
successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or
proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145, or in
defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the person shall be indemnified
against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred
by the person in connection therewith.
 
  Section 145(d) of the Delaware General Corporation Law states that any
indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 (unless ordered
by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the
specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or
former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances
because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145. Such determination shall be made with
respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such
determination (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to
such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, (ii) by a
committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors,
even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if
such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion,
or (iv) by the stockholders.
 
  Section 145(f) of the Delaware General Corporation Law states that the
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant
to, the other subsections of Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any
other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses
may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person's
official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such
office.
 
  Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a
corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf
of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted
against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity or
arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the corporation
would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the
provisions of Section 145.
 
  Section 145(j) of the Delaware General Corporation Law states that the
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant
to, Section 145 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified,
continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or
agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and
administrators of such a person.
   
  Certificate of Incorporation. Article XI of the Certificate of Incorporation
provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, the Company's directors will not be personally liable to the
registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages resulting from a breach of
their fiduciary duties as directors. However, nothing contained in such
Article XI will eliminate or limit the liability of directors (i) for any
breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders,
(ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the
director derived an improper personal benefit.     
 
  Bylaws. The Bylaws provide for the indemnification of the officers and
directors of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware
General Corporation Law. Article XII of the Bylaws provides that each person
who was or is made a party to (or is threatened to be made a party to) any
civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such
person is or was a director or officer of the Company shall be indemnified and
held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware
General Corporation Law against all expenses, liability and loss (including,
without limitation, attorneys' fees) incurred by such person in connection
therewith, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person
reasonably believed to be or not opposed to the best interests of the Company
and had no reason to believe that such person's conduct was illegal.
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
  Insurance. The directors and officers of the Company are covered by
insurance policies indemnifying against certain liabilities, including certain
liabilities arising under the Securities Act, which might be incurred by them
in such capacities and against which they cannot be indemnified by the
Company.
 
  Underwriting Agreement. The Underwriting Agreement will provide for the
indemnification against certain liabilities of the directors and officers of
the Company and certain controlling persons under certain circumstances,
including certain liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
  Registration Rights Agreement. In the registration rights agreement with the
Company pursuant to which the shares offered by the Selling Stockholders are
being registered, the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
Company, its directors, officers and agents and each person, if any, who
controls the Company against certain liabilities, including certain
liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
  On September 10, 1998, in connection with the incorporation and organization
of Trex Company, Inc., Trex Company, Inc. issued 100 shares of Common Stock to
TREX Company, LLC for cash consideration of $1,000. Such issuance was exempt
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section
4(2) thereof.
   
  On April 7, 1999, in connection with the Reorganization described in the
Prospectus, Trex Company, Inc. issued the following numbers of shares of
Common Stock to the following persons solely in exchange for their junior
membership interests in TREX Company, LLC: 2,137,500 shares of Common Stock to
each of Anthony J. Cavanna, Andrew U. Ferrari, Robert G. Matheny and Roger A.
Wittenberg, each of whom is a director and an executive officer of Trex
Company, Inc.; 526,300 shares of Common Stock to Connecticut General Life
Insurance Company; 107,350 shares of Common Stock to Life Insurance Company of
North America; and 316,350 shares of Common Stock to The Lincoln National Life
Insurance Company. Such issuance was exempt from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof.     
 
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a) Exhibits
     
   **1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement.     
         
   **3.1  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.     
         
   **3.2  Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company.     
         
   **4.1  Specimen certificate representing the Common Stock.     
         
    *5.1  Opinion by Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. regarding the validity of the
          Common Stock.     
     
  **10.1  Credit Agreement, dated as of December 10, 1996, between the Company
          and First Union National Bank of Virginia, as amended.     
     
  **10.2  Form of 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.     
     
  **10.3  Form of 1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors.     
     
  **10.4  Members' Agreement, dated as of August 29, 1996, among TREX Company,
          LLC and each of the persons named on the schedules thereto, as
          amended.     
     
   *10.5  Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of March 19, 1999,
          among Trex Company, Inc., TREX Company, LLC, certain members of TREX
          Company, LLC and the other persons named on the signature pages
          thereof.     
     
  **10.6  Form of Distributor Agreement of the Company.     
     
  **10.7  $3,780,000 Promissory Note, dated June 15, 1998, made by TREX
          Company, LLC payable to First Union National Bank of Virginia.     
     
  **10.8  $1,035,000 Promissory Note, dated November 20, 1998, made by TREX
          Company, LLC payable to First Union National Bank of Virginia.     
     
  **10.9  Business Loan Agreement, dated December 2, 1998, between TREX
          Company, LLC and Pioneer Citizens Bank of Nevada.     
     
  **10.10 Construction Loan Agreement, dated February 5, 1999, between TREX
          Company, LLC and Pioneer Citizens Bank of Nevada.     
 
                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
    
 **10.11 Preferred Units Exchange Agreement, dated as of March 19, 1999,
         among Trex Company, Inc., TREX Company, LLC and Mobil Oil
         Corporation.     
    
 **10.12 Form of Registration Rights Agreement among Trex Company, Inc. and
         each of the persons named on the schedules thereto, to be effective
         upon consummation of the Offering.     
    
  *10.13 Consent and Amendment to Members' Agreement, dated as of March 19,
         1999, among TREX Company, LLC and each of the persons named on the
         signature pages thereof.     
    
 **10.14 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 23, 1999,
         between the Company and First Union National Bank of Virginia.     
    
  *10.15 Promissory Note, dated April 7, 1999, made by TREX Company, LLC
         payable to Robert G. Matheny.     
    
  *10.16 Promissory Note, dated April 7, 1999, made by TREX Company, LLC
         payable to Anthony J. Cavanna.     
    
  *10.17 Promissory Note, dated April 7, 1999, made by TREX Company, LLC
         payable to Andrew U. Ferrari.     
    
  *10.18 Promissory Note, dated April 7, 1999, made by TREX Company, LLC
         payable to Roger A. Wittenberg.     
    
  *21    Subsidiary of the Company.     
    
  *23.1  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent accountants.     
    
  *23.2  Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1).     
    
 **23.3  Consent of William H. Martin, III.     
    
 **23.4  Consent of William F. Andrews.     
    
 **24.1  Power of Attorney (included in signature page).     
    
 **27.1  Financial Data Schedule.     
 
- --------
   
  *Filed herewith.     
   
 **Previously filed.     

       
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities, the
  information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this
  Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
  of Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
  497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
  Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
    (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
  Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall
  be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
  offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
  deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed
by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
   
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this amendment to Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Winchester, Commonwealth of Virginia, on this 8th day of April 1999.     
 
                                 Trex Company, Inc.
 
                                    /s/ Robert G. Matheny
                                 By: _________________________
                                    Robert G. Matheny
                                    President
                                    (Duly Authorized Representative)
 
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                 Name                              Title                    Date
                 ----                              -----                    ----
 
<S>                                    <C>                           <C>
      /s/ Robert G. Matheny               President and Director        April 8, 1999
______________________________________      (Principal Executive
          Robert G. Matheny                       Officer)
 
      /s/ Anthony J. Cavanna           Executive Vice President and     April 8, 1999
______________________________________  Chief Financial Officer and
          Anthony J. Cavanna                Director (Principal
                                         Financial and Accounting
                                                 Officer)
 
      /s/ Andrew U. Ferrari                      Director               April 8, 1999
______________________________________
          Andrew U. Ferrari
 
     /s/ Roger A. Wittenberg                     Director               April 8, 1999
______________________________________
         Roger A. Wittenberg
</TABLE>    
 
                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
    
  **1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement.     
    
  **3.1  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.     
    
  **3.2  Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company.     
    
  **4.1  Specimen certificate representing the Common Stock.     
    
  *5.1   Opinion by Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. regarding the validity of the
         Common Stock.     
    
 **10.1  Credit Agreement, dated as of December 10, 1996, between the Company
         and First Union National Bank of Virginia, as amended.     
    
 **10.2  Form of 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.     
    
 **10.3  Form of 1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors.     
    
 **10.4  Members' Agreement, dated as of August 29, 1996, among TREX Company,
         LLC and each of the persons named on the schedules thereto, as
         amended.     
    
  *10.5  Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of March 19, 1999,
         among Trex Company, Inc., TREX Company, LLC, certain members of TREX
         Company, LLC and the other persons named on the signature pages
         thereof.     
    
 **10.6  Form of Distributor Agreement of the Company.     
    
 **10.7  $3,780,000 Promissory Note, dated June 15, 1998, made by TREX
         Company, LLC payable to First Union National Bank of Virginia.     
    
 **10.8  $1,035,000 Promissory Note, dated November 20, 1998, made by TREX
         Company, LLC payable to First Union National Bank of Virginia.     
    
 **10.9  Business Loan Agreement, dated December 2, 1998, between TREX
         Company, LLC and Pioneer Citizens Bank of Nevada.     
    
 **10.10 Construction Loan Agreement, dated February 5, 1999, between TREX
         Company, LLC and Pioneer Citizens Bank of Nevada.     
    
 **10.11 Preferred Units Exchange Agreement, dated as of March 19, 1999,
         among Trex Company, Inc., TREX Company, LLC and Mobil Oil
         Corporation.     
    
 **10.12 Form of Registration Rights Agreement among Trex Company, Inc. and
         each of the persons named on the schedules thereto, to be effective
         upon consummation of the Offering.     
    
  *10.13 Consent and Amendment to Members' Agreement, dated as of March 19,
         1999, among TREX Company, LLC and each of the persons named on the
         signature pages thereof.     
    
 **10.14 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 23, 1999,
         between the Company and First Union National Bank of Virginia.     
    
  *10.15 Promissory Note, dated April 7, 1999, made by TREX Company, LLC
         payable to Robert G. Matheny.     
    
  *10.16 Promissory Note, dated April 7, 1999, made by TREX Company, LLC
         payable to Anthony J. Cavanna.     
    
  *10.17 Promissory Note, dated April 7, 1999, made by TREX Company, LLC
         payable to Andrew U. Ferrari.     
    
  *10.18 Promissory Note, dated April 7, 1999, made by TREX Company, LLC
         payable to Roger A. Wittenberg.     
    
  *21    Subsidiary of the Company.     
    
  *23.1  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent accountants.     
    
  *23.2  Consent of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1).     
    
 **23.3  Consent of William H. Martin, III.     
    
 **23.4  Consent of William F. Andrews.     
    
 **24.1  Power of Attorney (included in signature page).     
    
 **27.1  Financial Data Schedule.     
 
- --------
   
  *Filed herewith.     
   
 **Previously filed.     

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     Exhibit 5.1

                                 April 8, 1999



Board of Directors
Trex Company, Inc.
20 South Cameron Street
Winchester, VA  22601

Gentlemen:

          This firm has acted as special counsel to Trex Company, Inc. (the
"Company"), a Delaware corporation, in connection with its registration,
pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1, of 4,718,450 shares of the
Company's common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock").  Of such
shares, 4,615,450 shares of Common Stock (the "Primary Shares") have been
registered for offering and sale by the Company and 103,000 shares of Common
Stock (the "Secondary Shares") have been registered for offering and sale by the
stockholders of the Company identified in the registration statement (the
"Selling Stockholders").  This opinion letter is furnished to you to enable you
to fulfill the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K, 17 C.F.R. (S)
229.601(b)(5), in connection with such registration.

          For purposes of this opinion letter, we have examined copies of the
following documents:

          1. The Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-63287) as filed by
             the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
             "Commission") on September 11, 1998 and Amendment No. 1 thereto as
             filed with the Commission on November 13, 1998, Amendment No. 2
             thereto as filed with the Commission on February 9, 1999, Amendment
             No. 3 thereto as filed with the Commission on March 9, 1999,
             Amendment No. 4 thereto as filed with the Commission on March 24,
             1999 and Amendment No. 5 thereto as filed with the Commission on
             April 8, 1999 (such Registration Statement, the "Registration
             Statement").
<PAGE>
 
Board of Directors
Trex Company, Inc.
April 8, 1999
Page 2



          2. Executed copy of the Underwriting Agreement dated April 7, 1999
             (the "Underwriting Agreement") among J.C. Bradford & Co., as
             representative of the several underwriters named therein, the
             Company and the Selling Stockholders.

          3. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as
             certified by the Secretary of the Company on the date hereof as
             then being complete, accurate and in effect.

          4. The Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company, as certified by
             the Secretary of the Company on the date hereof as then being
             complete, accurate and in effect.

          5. Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted at
             meetings held on September 10, 1998, March 12, 1999 and March 20,
             1999 and by written consents effective March 23, 1999 and March 27,
             1999, and resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company
             adopted at a meeting held on April 7, 1999, as certified by the
             Secretary of the Company on the date hereof as then being complete,
             accurate and in effect.

          6. The Contribution and Exchange Agreement dated as of March 19, 1999
             among the Company, TREX Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
             company, the members of TREX Company, LLC specified therein and the
             other parties whose names appear on the signature pages thereof.

          7. A certificate of an officer of the Company with respect to certain
             matters relating to the subject matter of this opinion letter.

          In our examination of the foregoing documents, we have assumed the
genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the
authenticity, accuracy and completeness of all documents submitted to us as
originals, and the conformity with the original documents of all documents
submitted to us as certified, telecopied, photostatic or reproduced copies.
This opinion letter is given, and all statements herein are made, in the context
of the foregoing.
<PAGE>
 
Board of Directors
Trex Company, Inc.
April 8, 1999
Page 3

          This opinion letter is based as to matters of law solely on Delaware
corporate law.  We express no opinion herein as to any other laws, statutes,
regulations, or ordinances.

          Based upon, subject to and limited by the foregoing, we are of the
opinion that (a) following (i) effectiveness of the Registration Statement, (ii)
issuance of the Primary Shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of
the Underwriting Agreement and (iii) receipt by the Company of the consideration
for the Primary Shares to be sold by the Company specified in the resolutions of
the Board of Directors referred to in Paragraph 5 above, the Primary Shares to
be issued and sold by the Company will be validly issued, fully paid and non-
assessable under Delaware corporate law and (b) the Secondary Shares have been
validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable under Delaware corporate
law.

          We assume no obligation to advise you of any changes in the foregoing
subsequent to the delivery of this opinion letter.  This opinion letter has been
prepared solely for your use in connection with the filing of the Registration
Statement on the date of this opinion letter, and should not be quoted in whole
or in part or otherwise be referred to, nor be filed with or furnished to any
governmental agency or other person or entity, without the prior written consent
of this firm.

          We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1
to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under "Legal
Matters" in the prospectus which forms a part of the Registration Statement.  In
giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are an "expert" within the
meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                                    Very truly yours,

                                    /s/ Hogan & Hartson  L.L.P.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5

                      CONTRIBUTION AND EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

                                        

                                March 19, 1999
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                           Page
<S>                                                                        <C> 
RECITALS..................................................................  1
AGREEMENT.................................................................  2
ARTICLE I  REORGANIZATION.................................................  2
   1.1  Closing Date and Location.........................................  2
   1.2  Transactions......................................................  3
           1.2.1  Special Cash Distribution...............................  3
           1.2.2  Conversion of Class B Units.............................  4
           1.2.3  Exercise of Repurchase Option...........................  4
           1.2.4  Contribution and Exchange...............................  5
   1.3  Compliance With Agreements........................................  6
   1.4  Compliance With LLC Act...........................................  6
                                                                        
ARTICLE II  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CORPORATION.............  6
   2.1  Organization, Qualifications and Corporate Power..................  6
   2.2  Validity..........................................................  7
   2.3  Noncontravention; Consents........................................  7
   2.4  Authorized Capital Stock..........................................  8
   2.5  Validly Issued, Fully Paid and Nonassessable Common Stock.........  9
   2.6  Securities Registration Requirements..............................  9
   2.7  No Prior Activities...............................................  9
   2.8  Disclosure........................................................  9
                                                                          
ARTICLE III  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY................  9
   3.1  Organization, Qualifications and Power............................  9
   3.2  Validity.......................................................... 10
   3.3  Noncontravention; Consents........................................ 10
   3.4  Ownership of Capital Stock........................................ 10
   3.5  No Default or Event of Default.................................... 11
   3.6  Securities Registration Requirements.............................. 11
   3.7  Disclosure........................................................ 11
                                                                          
ARTICLE IV  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE MEMBERS                 
   AND CLASS B BENEFICIAL OWNERS.......................................... 11
   4.1  Validity.......................................................... 11
   4.2  Noncontravention; Consents........................................ 12
   4.3  Title to Membership Interests..................................... 12
   4.4  Investment Representations........................................ 12
                                                                          
ARTICLE V  REORGANIZATION CLOSING......................................... 13
   5.1  Conditions to the Obligations of the Parties...................... 13
   5.2  Documents Delivered at Reorganization Closing..................... 14
           5.2.1  Documents Delivered by the Corporation.................. 14
</TABLE> 

                                      -i-
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                         <C> 
           5.2.2  Documents Delivered by the Company....................... 15
           5.2.3  Documents Delivered by the Institutional Members......... 16
           5.2.4  Documents Delivered by the Management Members............ 17
                                                                           
ARTICLE VI  COVENANTS...................................................... 18
   6.1  Restated Certificate of Incorporation.............................. 18
   6.2  Consents and Waivers............................................... 18
   6.3  Further Assurances................................................. 18
                                                                           
ARTICLE VII  NOTE PAYMENTS AND RELATED MATTERS............................. 18
   7.1  Note Payments...................................................... 18
   7.2  Consent and Waiver................................................. 19
   7.3  Amendment of Securities Purchase Agreement and Notes............... 19
   7.4  Termination of Securities Purchase Agreement....................... 19
                                                                           
ARTICLE VIII  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS..................................... 20
   8.1  No Third Party Beneficiaries....................................... 20
   8.2  Entire Agreement................................................... 20
   8.3  Succession and Assignment.......................................... 20
   8.4  Facsimile Execution; Counterparts.................................. 20
   8.5  Notices............................................................ 20
   8.6  Governing Law...................................................... 22
   8.7  Amendments and Waivers............................................. 22
   8.8  Severability....................................................... 22
   8.9  Interpretation..................................................... 23
   8.10  Specific Performance.............................................. 23
   8.11  Obligations Several and Not Joint................................. 23
   8.12  Termination of Agreement.......................................... 23
</TABLE>

SCHEDULE I     Ownership of Junior Membership Interests Before Reorganization
SCHEDULE II    LLC Distribution Amount Constituting Return of Members' Capital
SCHEDULE III   Class A Units to be Sold Pursuant to Repurchase Option at Minimum
               IPO Price
SCHEDULE IV    Calculation of Minimum IPO Price 
SCHEDULE V     Shares of Reorganization Common Stock Issued to Members

EXHIBIT A      Form of Note
EXHIBIT B      Form of Registration Rights Agreement
EXHIBIT C      Form of Legal Opinion

                                     -ii-
<PAGE>
 
          THIS CONTRIBUTION AND EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as
                                                          ---------             
of this 19th day of March 1999 among Trex Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Corporation"), TREX Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
      -----------                                                           
(the "Company"), the members of the Company identified on the signature pages of
      -------                                                                   
this Agreement (individually, a "Member" and collectively, the "Members") and
                                 ------                         -------      
those persons identified on the signature pages of this Agreement as beneficial
owners (hereinafter referred to individually as a "Class B Beneficial Owner" and
                                                   ------------------------     
collectively as the "Class B Beneficial Owners").
                     -------------------------   

                                   RECITALS
                                   --------

          A.  In connection with the capitalization of the Company on August 29,
1996, the Company, the Members and the Class B Beneficial Owners entered into
certain agreements, including (i) the Limited Liability Company Agreement dated
as of August 29, 1996, as amended as of the date hereof (the "LLC Agreement"),
                                                              -------------   
among the Members, the Class B Beneficial Owners and Mobil Oil Corporation (the
"Preferred Member"); (ii) the Members' Agreement dated as of August 29, 1996, as
 ----------------                                                               
amended as of June 15, 1998 and as of the date hereof (the "Members'
                                                            --------
Agreement"), among the Company, the Members and the Class B Beneficial Owners;
and (iii) the Securities Purchase Agreements dated as of August 29, 1996, as
amended as of March 1, 1997 and as of December 15, 1997 (the "Securities
                                                              ----------
Purchase Agreements"), between the Company and certain of the Members and Class
- -------------------                                                            
B Beneficial Owners.

          B.  As of the date hereof, (i) the Company owns all of the issued and
outstanding common stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), of the
                                                         ------------          
Corporation, (ii) each Member owns of record the class, number and percentage of
the outstanding junior limited liability company interests in the Company (the
"Membership Interests") set forth on Schedule I hereto and (iii) each Class B
 --------------------                ----------                              
Beneficial Owner owns beneficially the class, number and percentage of the
outstanding junior limited liability company interests in the Company set forth
on Schedule I hereto.
   ----------        

          C.  The Corporation has filed a registration statement (file no. 333-
63287) (as amended from time to time, the "Registration Statement") with the
                                           ----------------------           
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") covering the initial public
                                         ---                              
offering of the Common Stock by the Corporation and certain of its stockholders
(the "IPO") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").
      ---                                                      --------------   

          D.  On the Reorganization Closing Date (as defined in Section 1.1), in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement and the Members'
Agreement, the Company, the Corporation and the Members will complete the
transactions described in Section 1.2 (collectively, the 
<PAGE>
 
"Reorganization") as a result of which, among other things, the Members will
 --------------
acquire all of the Common Stock issued and outstanding prior to the IPO and the
Corporation will acquire all of the issued and outstanding Membership Interests.

          E.  Concurrently with the consummation of the Reorganization, the
Preferred Member will exchange all of the outstanding preferred limited
liability company interests in the Company for a promissory note of the
Corporation in an original principal amount calculated in accordance with the
LLC Agreement and payable in full on the IPO closing date (the "Preferred Units
                                                                ---------------
Exchange").
- --------   

          F.  Following the Reorganization and the Preferred Units Exchange, the
Corporation will consummate the IPO.

          G.  The Company, the Corporation, the Members and the Class B
Beneficial Owners wish to set forth herein their agreement concerning the
Reorganization and related matters.

                                   AGREEMENT
                                   ---------

                                   ARTICLE I


                                REORGANIZATION
                                --------------

          1.1  Closing Date and Location.  The Reorganization shall be
               -------------------------                                
consummated on the date (the "Reorganization Closing Date") on which, and,
                              ---------------------------                 
except as provided in the following sentence, immediately following the time at
which, the Corporation, the stockholders offering Common Stock in the IPO (the
"Selling Stockholders") and the managing underwriters of the IPO (the
 --------------------                                                
"Underwriters") have determined the initial public offering price (the "IPO
 ------------                                                           ---
Price") of the Common Stock (such determination, the "IPO Pricing") and have
- -----                                                 -----------           
executed an underwriting agreement providing for the purchase of the Common
Stock by the Underwriters at the IPO Price (the "Underwriting Agreement").  By
                                                 ----------------------       
mutual agreement of the parties, the Company may make the LLC Distribution
described in Section 1.2.1 before the IPO Pricing.  The Reorganization Closing
Date shall occur on the business day immediately preceding the business day on
which the SEC issues an order of effectiveness under the Securities Act with
respect to the Registration Statement.  The closing of the Reorganization (the
"Reorganization Closing") shall occur at the offices of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P.
 ----------------------                                                       
located at 555 Thirteenth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.  20004-1190, or at such
other location as the parties shall designate by mutual agreement.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
          1.2  Transactions.  The Reorganization shall consist of the
               ------------                                            
transactions described in this Section 1.2, which the parties shall consummate
in the order set forth in this Section 1.2.

               1.2.1  Special Cash Distribution.
                      -------------------------   

               (a) The Company shall make a special cash distribution to each
Member (the special cash distribution payable to the Members, the "LLC
                                                                   ---
Distribution"), which shall consist of (i) an amount representing a return of
- ------------
such Member's capital, as set forth opposite such Member's name on Schedule II
                                                                   -----------
hereto, and (ii) an amount representing the amount of the previously recognized
and undistributed taxable income of the Company through the Reorganization
Closing Date on which such Member has paid income tax before the Reorganization
Closing Date or will pay income tax from and after the Reorganization Closing
Date (the "Taxable Income Amount"). The Company shall make the LLC Distribution,
           ---------------------
pro rata to the Members based on the amounts set forth on Schedule II hereto, by
                                                          -----------
wire transfer of immediately available funds or other method of payment mutually
acceptable to the parties to the extent of its cash available for such
distribution on the Reorganization Closing Date. If the Company does not pay any
Member in cash on the Reorganization Closing Date the entire amount of the LLC
Distribution payable to such Member, the Company shall issue to such Member a
promissory note or notes in the form of Exhibit A hereto in the original
                                        ---------
principal amount equal to the unpaid portion of such LLC Distribution (each such
promissory note, an "LLC Distribution Note"). Each LLC Distribution Note issued
                     ---------------------
to a Member shall be payable in full not later than the second business day
after the closing date of the IPO (the "IPO Closing Date") or any later date
                                        ----------------
agreed to by the Company and such Member.

               (b) Each Member acknowledges that the Taxable Income Amount paid
to such Member as of the payment date specified in Section 1.2.1(a) will
represent the Company's estimate of such Taxable Income Amount as of such
payment date. Not later than the second business day prior to the Reorganization
Closing Date, the Company shall furnish to each Member a notice setting forth
the Company's calculation of such estimated Taxable Income Amount. Promptly
after the Company calculates the actual Taxable Income Amount payable to each
Member, which shall occur not later than 90 days after the Reorganization
Closing Date, the Company shall furnish to such Member a written notice setting
forth such calculation in reasonable detail. If the estimated Taxable Income
Amount paid to a Member is less than the actual Taxable Income Amount, the
Company shall pay the amount of such shortfall to such Member within 15 business
days after the date on which the Company furnishes the foregoing notice to such
member. If the estimated Taxable Income Amount paid to a Member exceeds the
actual Taxable Income Amount, such Member shall pay the amount of such excess to
the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds within 15 business
days after such

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
Member receives the foregoing notice from the Company. Notwithstanding the
foregoing provisions of this Section 1.2.1(b), any Member that disagrees with
the Company's calculation of the actual Taxable Income Amount may deliver a
notice to the Company objecting to such calculation within 15 days following
such Member's receipt of the Company's notice and calculation. Such Member shall
send a copy of its notice of objection to the other Members at the same time it
delivers such notice to the Company. If the Company and such Member do not
resolve their disagreement regarding the Company's calculation within ten days
after such Member has sent its notice of objection to the Company, the
calculation of the actual Taxable Income Amount shall be made by the independent
public accountants of the Corporation, whose calculation shall be binding on the
Company and all Members.

               1.2.2  Conversion of Class B Units. Following the LLC
                      ---------------------------
Distribution, the Members holding of record the Class B Units in the Company
(the "Institutional Members") shall convert all 1,000 issued and outstanding
      ---------------------
Class B Units into 1,000 issued and outstanding Class A Units in the Company
pursuant to Section 1.2(3) of the LLC Agreement (the "Conversion"). Following
                                                      ----------
the Conversion, each Institutional Member shall hold of record a number of Class
A Units which is equal to the number of Class B Units shown as held of record
opposite such Institutional Member's name on Schedule I hereto.
                                             ----------

               1.2.3  Exercise of Repurchase Option.
                      -----------------------------   
    
               (a)  Immediately following the Conversion, the Company shall
exercise its option to repurchase Class A Units from the Institutional Members
granted to the Company in Section 8 of the Members' Agreement (the "Repurchase
                                                                    ----------
Option"). In accordance with Section 8 of the Members' Agreement, the Company
- ------
shall repurchase ratably from the Institutional Members, and the Institutional
Members shall sell ratably to the Company, at a purchase price of $.01 per Class
A Unit, that number of Class A Units which shall result, after such repurchase,
in the Institutional Members collectively retaining Class A Units representing
at least 10% of the Class A Units of the Company on a fully diluted basis.
Without limiting Section 8 of the Members' Agreement, the Company, the Members
and the Class B Beneficial Owners agree that if the Institutional Members own
950,000 shares of Common Stock immediately following consummation of the
Exchange (as defined herein) and the IPO price is a minimum of $10.00
(the "Minimum IPO Price"), the Company shall have the right
      -----------------
to repurchase from each Institutional Member, and each Institutional Member
shall be obligated to sell to the Company, the number of Class A Units set forth
opposite such Institutional Member's name on Schedule III hereto. The
                                             ------------
calculation of the Minimum IPO Price is set forth on Schedule IV hereto.      
                                                     -----------

          (b)  By executing this Agreement, the Institutional Members and the
Class B Beneficial Owners agree that (i) the Company has satisfied in full 

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
its obligation to furnish the Institutional Members with notice of exercise of
the Repurchase Option required by Section 8(b) of the Members' Agreement,
including all calculations and any other information required to be specified
therein, provided that the Underwriting Agreement obligates the parties thereto
to consummate the IPO at the Minimum IPO Price or at any higher IPO Price, and
(ii) the Institutional Members and the Class B Beneficial Owners agree with the
Company's calculations forming part of such notice and waive any right they may
have under Section 8(b) of the Members' Agreement to disagree with or object to
such calculations, provided that the Underwriting Agreement obligates the
parties thereto to consummate the IPO at the Minimum IPO Price or at any higher
IPO Price. If the Corporation, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters
determine to consummate the IPO at a price which is lower than the Minimum IPO
Price, the Company shall have satisfied in full its obligation to furnish the
Institutional Members with notice of exercise of the Repurchase Option required
by Section 8(b) of the Members' Agreement, including all calculations and any
other information required to be specified therein, if the Company furnishes to
the Selling Stockholders its calculation of the number of Class A Units subject
to the Repurchase Option not later than the business day immediately preceding
the day on which the Underwriting Agreement is executed; provided, however, that
the Institutional Members shall be entitled to exercise any right they may have
under Section 8(b) of the Members' Agreement to disagree with or to object to
such calculation.

          (c)  The Company shall have satisfied its obligation under Section
8(a) of the Members' Agreement to pay in full the Notes, together with all
accrued interest and Prepayment Premium, if any, thereon in accordance with the
terms of the Securities Purchase Agreements (as the terms "Notes" and
                                                           -----     
"Prepayment Premium" are defined in the Securities Purchase Agreements) when the
 ------------------                                                             
Company makes, or causes the Corporation on its behalf to make, the payments
provided for in Section 7.1 (the "Note Payments").
                                  -------------   

               1.2.4  Contribution and Exchange.
                      ------------------------- 

               (a)  Immediately following consummation of the Repurchase Option,
each Member shall contribute to the Corporation all of the Membership Interests
of such Member. In exchange for such contribution of Membership Interests by all
Members (such contribution and exchange together, the "Exchange"), the
                                                       --------
Corporation shall issue to each Member the percentage of the shares of Common
Stock issued to all Members pursuant to this Section 1.2.4 which is equal to
such Member's percentage of the outstanding Membership Interests contributed by
all Members to the Corporation pursuant to this Section 1.2.4 (the shares of
Common Stock issued to the Members in the Exchange, the "Reorganization Common
                                                         ---------------------
Stock"). If the Underwriting Agreement obligates the parties thereto to
- -----
consummate the IPO at the Minimum IPO Price or at any higher IPO Price, the
Corporation shall issue to each Member the number of shares of

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
Reorganization Common Stock set forth opposite such Member's name on Schedule V
                                                                     ----------
hereto.
       
               (b)  The Corporation and the Members shall consummate the
Exchange pursuant to Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"). No party hereto shall take or omit to take any action, or
              ----
permit any of its affiliates to take or omit to take any action, that would
affect adversely or that would be reasonably likely to affect adversely the
qualification of the Exchange as a tax-free transaction described in Code
Section 351(a). Each party hereto shall treat the Exchange for all tax purposes
as a tax-free transaction described in Code Section 351(a).

               (c)  Concurrently with consummation of the Exchange, the
Corporation shall cancel the Common Stock owned by the Company prior to the
Exchange and shall reflect such cancellation in its stock transfer records.

          1.3  Compliance With Agreements.  The Company, the Members and the
               --------------------------                                     
Class B Beneficial Owners agree that the Reorganization shall be consummated in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including the terms of the LLC
Agreement, the Members' Agreement and the Securities Purchase Agreements
expressly incorporated by reference herein, and that compliance with this
Agreement shall constitute compliance with the LLC Agreement, the Members'
Agreement and the Securities Purchase Agreements in respect of the transactions
constituting the Reorganization and the Note Payments.

          1.4  Compliance With LLC Act.  The Company shall consummate the
               -----------------------                                     
Repurchase Option and the LLC Distribution in compliance with Section 18-607 of
the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware.

                                  ARTICLE II


               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CORPORATION
               -------------------------------------------------

          The Corporation hereby represents and warrants to each Member and each
Class B Beneficial Owner as follows:

          2.1  Organization, Qualifications and Corporate Power.
               ------------------------------------------------   

          (a)  The Corporation is a corporation duly incorporated, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is
duly licensed or qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation and is
in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business
transacted by it or the character of the properties owned or leased by it
requires such licensing or 

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not
have a material adverse effect on the operating results, financial condition or
business of the Corporation and the Company considered as a single enterprise (a
"Material Adverse Effect"). The Corporation has the corporate power and
 -----------------------
authority (i) to own and hold its properties and to carry on its business as now
conducted and as proposed to be conducted and (ii) to execute, deliver and
perform this Agreement.

          (b)  The Corporation has delivered to each Member accurate and
complete copies of the Corporation's certificate of incorporation and bylaws as
in effect on the date hereof and the forms of the Corporation's restated
certificate of incorporation (the "Restated Certificate of Incorporation") and
                                   -------------------------------------      
amended and restated bylaws that shall be in effect immediately prior to the
Reorganization.

          2.2  Validity.  The execution, delivery and performance by the
               --------                                                   
Corporation of (i) this Agreement and (ii) the Purchase Agreement (as such term
is defined in Section 5.1(e)) and the other agreements, documents and
instruments required to be delivered by the Corporation pursuant to Section
5.2.1 in connection herewith (the "Corporation Related Documents"), and the
                                   -----------------------------           
consummation or performance by the Corporation of the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action
on the part of the Corporation, other than the filing of the Restated
Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware.  This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of
the Corporation, enforceable against the Corporation in accordance with its
terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general
application affecting enforcement of creditors' rights and (ii) laws relating to
the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable
remedies.

          2.3  Noncontravention; Consents.
               --------------------------   

          (a)  Neither the execution and delivery by the Corporation of this
Agreement or the Corporation Related Documents, nor the consummation or
performance by the Corporation of any of the transactions to be consummated or
performed by it hereunder or thereunder, shall directly or indirectly (i)
violate any provision of the Corporation's certificate of incorporation or
bylaws, (ii) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under,
or result in the creation of any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security
interest or other encumbrance (a "Lien") in respect of any property of the
                                  ----                                    
Corporation under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or
credit agreement, lease or any other agreement or instrument to which the
Corporation is a party or by which the Corporation or any of its properties or
assets may be bound or affected, (iii) conflict with or result in a breach of
any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order, judgment, decree or
ruling of any court, arbitrator or federal, state or municipal entity properly

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
 
exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative
functions of government (a "Governmental Authority") applicable to the
                            ----------------------
Corporation or (iv) violate any provision of any statute or other rule or
regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to the Corporation.

          (b)  No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration,
qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any Governmental
Authority on the part of the Corporation is required in connection with the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any
Corporation Related Documents, except for the filing of the Restated Certificate
of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the
filing of Form D with the SEC and the filing of Form D and other documents with
state securities authorities.
    
          2.4  Authorized Capital Stock.  Immediately prior to the
               ------------------------                             
Reorganization, the authorized capital stock of the Corporation shall consist of
(i) 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 100 shares will be issued and
outstanding and owned by the Company, and (ii) 3,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Preferred Stock"), none of which will be
                                      ---------------                         
issued and outstanding.  Immediately following consummation of the
Reorganization, the authorized capital stock of the Corporation shall consist of
(i) 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 9,500,000 shares will be issued
and outstanding and owned by the Members, as set forth on Schedule IV hereto,
and (ii) 3,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, none of which will be issued and
outstanding.  Except as authorized or contemplated by this Agreement, the
Members' Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement (as such term is defined
in Section 5.2.1(f)), the Corporation's 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan,
the Corporation's 1999 Incentive Plan for Outside Directors, the Company's 1999
Employee Stock Purchase Plan or the Underwriting Agreement, there shall not
exist immediately prior to or immediately after the consummation of the
Reorganization, (i) any subscription, warrant, option, convertible security or
other right to purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or other equity
securities of the Corporation from the Corporation or (ii) any commitment by the
Corporation to issue Common Stock or other equity securities or any such
subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible securities or other rights or to
repurchase or redeem Common Stock or other equity securities or to make any
other payment or distribution in respect thereof.      

          2.5  Validly Issued, Fully Paid and Nonassessable Common Stock.
               ---------------------------------------------------------    
When issued in accordance with this Agreement, the Reorganization Common Stock
shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable with no personal liability
attaching to the ownership thereof, and shall be free and clear of all Liens
imposed by or through the Corporation, except as set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement.  Neither the issuance nor the delivery of the Reorganization
Common Stock is subject to any preemptive or any other similar right of any
stockholder of the Corporation or of any other person.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
 
          2.6  Securities Registration Requirements.  The offer, issuance and
               ------------------------------------                            
delivery by the Corporation of the Reorganization Common Stock in accordance
with this Agreement may be effected without registration of the Reorganization
Common Stock under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws.

          2.7  No Prior Activities.  The Corporation has not conducted any
               -------------------                                          
business or engaged in any activity other than any business or activity related
to its organization, the IPO and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
and the Corporation Related Documents.

          2.8  Disclosure.  The representations and warranties by the
               ----------                                              
Corporation in this Section 2 do not contain an untrue statement of a material
fact or omit a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in this
Article II,  in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not
misleading.

                                  ARTICLE III


                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
                 ---------------------------------------------

          The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Member and each
Class B Beneficial Owner as follows:

          3.1  Organization, Qualifications and Power.  The Company is a
               --------------------------------------                     
limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly licensed or qualified to
transact business as a foreign limited liability company and is in good standing
in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business transacted by it or the
character of the properties owned or leased by it requires such licensing or
qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not
have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company has the power and authority as a
limited liability company (i) to own and hold its properties and to carry on its
business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted and (ii) to execute,
deliver and perform this Agreement.

          3.2  Validity.  The execution, delivery and performance by the
               --------                                                   
Company of (i) this Agreement and (ii) the Purchase Agreement and the other
agreements, documents and instruments required to be delivered by the Company
pursuant to Section 5.2.2 (the "Company Related Documents"), and the
                                -------------------------           
consummation or performance by the Company of the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby, have been duly authorized by all necessary action of the
Company as a limited liability company. This Agreement constitutes the legal,
valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in
accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (i)

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
 
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of
general application affecting enforcement of creditors' rights and (ii) laws
relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other
equitable remedies.

          3.3  Noncontravention; Consents.
               --------------------------   

          (a)  Neither the execution and delivery by the Company of this
Agreement or the Company Related Documents, nor the consummation or performance
by the Company of any of the transactions to be consummated or performed by it
hereunder or thereunder, shall directly or indirectly (i) violate any provision
of the Company's certificate of formation or the LLC Agreement, (ii) contravene,
result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or result in the
creation of any Lien in respect of any property of the Company under, any
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease or
any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which
the Company or any of its properties or assets may be bound or affected, (iii)
conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or
provisions of any order, judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or
Governmental Authority applicable to the Company or (iv) violate any provision
of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority
applicable to the Company.

          (b)  No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration,
qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any Governmental
Authority on the part of the Company is required in connection with the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Company
Related Documents, except for such consents, approvals, authorizations or orders
that have been obtained.

          3.4  Ownership of Capital Stock.  The Company owns beneficially and
               --------------------------                                      
of record all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Corporation.

          3.5  No Default or Event of Default.  No Default or Event of Default
               ------------------------------                                   
(as such terms are defined in the Securities Purchase Agreements) with respect
to the Company exists under any Securities Purchase Agreement.

          3.6  Securities Registration Requirements.    The offer, issuance and
               ------------------------------------                            
delivery by the Company of the LLC Distribution Notes in accordance with this
Agreement may be effected without registration of the LLC Distribution Notes
under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws.

          3.7  Disclosure.  The representations and warranties by the Company
               ----------                                                      
in this Section 3 do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
 
omit a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in this Article
III, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not
misleading.

                                  ARTICLE IV

           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE MEMBERS AND CLASS B
           ---------------------------------------------------------
                               BENEFICIAL OWNERS
                               -----------------

          Each Member and, to the extent indicated below, Class B Beneficial
Owner hereby represents and warrants, severally as to itself, to the Corporation
and to each other Member and Class B Beneficial Owner as follows:

          4.1  Validity.
               --------   

          (a)  Such Member or Class B Beneficial Owner has the legal power and
authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement.

          (b)  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such
Member, if such Member is an Institutional Member, or Class B Beneficial Owner,
and the consummation or performance by such Institutional Member or Class B
Beneficial Owner of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, have been
duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Institutional Member
or Class B Beneficial Owner.

          (c)  This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding
obligation of such Member or Class B Beneficial Owner, enforceable against such
Member or Class B Beneficial Owner in accordance with its terms, except as such
enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting
enforcement of creditors' rights and (ii) laws relating to the availability of
specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

          4.2  Noncontravention; Consents.
               --------------------------   

          (a)  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such
Member or Class B Beneficial Owner, nor the consummation or performance by such
Member or Class B Beneficial Owner of any of the transactions to be consummated
or performed by such Member or Class B Beneficial Owner pursuant hereto, shall
directly or indirectly (i) violate any provision of the organizational documents
of such Member, if such Member is an Institutional Member, or Class B Beneficial
Owner, (ii) contravene, result in any breach of, or constitute a default under,
or result in the creation of any Lien in respect of any property of such Member
or Class B Beneficial Owner under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust,

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
 
loan, purchase or credit agreement, lease or any other agreement or instrument
to which such Member or Class B Beneficial Owner is a party or by which such
Member or Class B Beneficial Owner or any properties or assets of such Member or
Class B Beneficial Owner may be bound or affected, (iii) conflict with or result
in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any order,
judgment, decree or ruling of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority
applicable to such Member or Class B Beneficial Owner or (iv) violate any
provision of any statute or other rule or regulation of any Governmental
Authority applicable to such Member or Class B Beneficial Owner.

          (b)  No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration,
qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any Governmental
Authority on the part of such Member or Class B Beneficial Owner is required in
connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

          4.3  Title to Membership Interests.  Such Member is the record
               -----------------------------                              
owner, and such Class B Beneficial Owner is the beneficial owner, of the
Membership Interests set forth opposite the name of such Member or Class B
Beneficial Owner on Schedule II hereto.  Such Member or Class B Beneficial Owner
                    -----------                                                 
has as of the date of this Agreement, and on the Reorganization Closing Date
shall have and shall convey to the Corporation, free and clear of all Liens,
valid legal title or full beneficial interest, as the case may be, to the
Membership Interests to be contributed by such Member to the Corporation
pursuant to Section 1.2.3.

          4.4  Investment Representations.
               --------------------------   

          (a)  Such Member is an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)
of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

          (b)  If such Member is a natural person (a "Management Member"), such
                                                      -----------------        
Member is acquiring the Reorganization Common Stock and any LLC Distribution
Note for his own account for investment only and not with the current intention
of making a distribution thereof.  If such Member is an Institutional Member,
such Institutional Member is acquiring the Reorganization Common Stock and any
LLC Distribution Note for its own account or for one or more separate accounts
maintained by it, or for or on behalf of a Class B Beneficial Owner, and not
with the current intention of making a distribution thereof, except as described
in the Registration Statement; provided, however, that the disposition of the
property of such Institutional Member or  Class B Beneficial Owner at all times
shall be within the control of such Institutional Member or Class B Beneficial
Owner.

          (c)  Such Member or Class B Beneficial Owner understands that the
Reorganization Common Stock and any LLC Distribution Note to be issued to such
Member has not been registered under the Securities Act or applicable state

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
 
securities laws and may be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of only if
the Reorganization Common Stock or LLC Distribution Note subject to such sale,
transfer or other disposition is registered pursuant to the Securities Act and
other applicable securities laws or if an exemption from such registration is
available.

          (d)  Such Member or Class B Beneficial Owner is capable of evaluating
the merits and risks of an investment in the Corporation and has been afforded
the opportunity to obtain any information deemed necessary by such Member or
Class B Beneficial Owner concerning the Corporation, the Common Stock and the
terms and conditions of such investment.

                                   ARTICLE V

                            REORGANIZATION CLOSING
                            ----------------------

          5.1  Conditions to the Obligations of the Parties.  Each party's
               --------------------------------------------                 
several obligations to take the actions required to be taken by such party at
the Reorganization Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the
Reorganization Closing Date, of each of the following conditions (any of which
may be waived by such party, in whole or in part):

          (a)  The representations and warranties of each other party contained
in this Agreement shall be true on and as of the Reorganization Closing Date
with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made
by such party on and as of the Reorganization Closing Date.

          (b)  The Corporation and the Company shall have performed all
obligations required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to be performed or
observed by them on or prior to the Reorganization Closing Date.

          (c)  There shall be no injunction, writ, preliminary restraining order
or other order in effect of any nature issued by a court or governmental agency
of competent jurisdiction directing that the transactions contemplated hereby
not be consummated in the manner provided for in this Agreement.  No action or
proceeding shall have been instituted and remain pending before a court or other
governmental body of competent jurisdiction to restrain, prohibit or otherwise
challenge any of the transactions contemplated hereby (or seeking material
damages from any party as a result thereof), other than any such action or
proceeding which would not have a Material Adverse Effect or prevent any party
from performing its obligations hereunder.

          (d)  The IPO Pricing shall have occurred and the Underwriting
Agreement shall have been executed by the Corporation, the Selling Stockholders

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
 
and the Underwriters, except as otherwise provided in Section 1.1 with respect
to the LLC Distribution.

          (e)  The Corporation shall concurrently have consummated the Preferred
Units Exchange on the terms and conditions set forth in the Preferred Units
Exchange Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Corporation, the
Company and the Preferred Member (the "Preferred Units Exchange Agreement"), a
                                       ----------------------------------     
true and complete copy of which has been delivered by the Company to all of the
Members and the Class B Beneficial Owners.

          (f)  The parties shall have delivered the documents described in
Section 5.2.

          5.2  Documents Delivered at Reorganization Closing.
               ---------------------------------------------   

               5.2.1  Documents Delivered by the Corporation.  The Corporation
                      --------------------------------------                    
shall deliver copies of the following documents to the Company and the Members
at the Reorganization Closing, except for the document specified in Section
5.2.1(h), which shall be delivered to the Institutional Members:

                      (a) the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, certified
by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and dated a recent date prior
to the Reorganization Closing Date;

                      (b) a good standing certificate with respect to the
Corporation from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware dated a recent
date prior to the Reorganization Closing Date;

                      (c) resolutions of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of
this Agreement and the Corporation Related Documents, and the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby, certified as of the Reorganization Closing Date
by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation as being in full
force and effect without modification or amendment;

                      (d) a signature and incumbency certificate of the officers
of the Corporation executing this Agreement or other documents in connection
with this Agreement;

                      (e) the certificates representing the Reorganization
Common Stock duly issued by and executed on behalf of the Corporation;

                      (f) an executed counterpart of the Registration Rights
Agreement in the form of Exhibit B hereto (the "Registration Rights Agreement");
                                                -----------------------------

                                      -14-
<PAGE>
 
                      (g) a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the
Corporation dated the Reorganization Closing Date, certifying that the
Corporation has fulfilled the conditions specified in Sections 5.1(a), 5.1(b)
and 5.1(e) to be fulfilled by the Corporation and that the condition specified
in Section 5.1(d) has been satisfied;

                      (h) an opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P., special counsel
to the Corporation, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto; and
                                                 ---------            

                      (i)  such other documents as the Company or any Member may
reasonably request.

          5.2.2  Documents Delivered by the Company.  The Company shall
                 ----------------------------------                      
deliver copies of the following documents to the Corporation and the Members at
the Reorganization Closing, except for the document specified in Section
5.2.2(h), which shall be delivered to the Members, and the document specified in
Section 5.2.2(j), which shall be delivered to the Institutional Members:

          (a)  the Company's Certificate of Formation, certified by the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and dated a recent date prior to the
Reorganization Closing Date;

          (b)  a good standing certificate with respect to the Company from the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware dated a recent date prior to the
Reorganization Closing Date;

          (c)  resolutions of the Board of Managers of the Company approving and
authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
Company Related Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby,
certified as of the date of the Reorganization Closing Date by the Chief
Financial Officer of the Company as being in full force and effect without
modification or amendment;

          (d)  a signature and incumbency certificate of the officers of the
Company executing this Agreement or other documents in connection with this
Agreement;

          (e)  certificates representing the Class A Units to be issued by the
Company to each Institutional Member upon consummation of the Conversion, duly
executed on behalf of the Company;

          (f)  evidence of payment of the Repurchase Option price to the
Institutional Members;

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
 
          (g)  cross-receipts executed by the Company acknowledging receipt from
each Institutional Member of such Institutional Member's Class A Units tendered
pursuant to exercise of the Repurchase Option;

          (h)  if applicable, an LLC Distribution Note payable to each
Member, duly executed by the Corporation;

          (i)  a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company dated
the Reorganization Closing Date, certifying that the Company has fulfilled the
conditions specified in Sections 5.1(a) and 5.1(b) to be fulfilled by the
Company;

          (j)  an opinion of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P., special counsel to the
Company, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto; and
                                      ---------            

          (k)  such other documents as the Corporation or any Member may
reasonably request.

          5.2.3  Documents Delivered by the Institutional Members.  Each
                 ------------------------------------------------         
Institutional Member shall deliver copies of the following documents to the
Corporation, the Company and each other Member at the Reorganization Closing:

          (a)  the certificate or certificates representing such Institutional
Member's Class B Units, accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer
endorsed to the Company, for cancellation upon the books of the Company
following consummation of the Conversion;

          (b)  the certificate or certificates representing the portion of such
Institutional Member's Class A Units to be sold to the Company pursuant to the
Repurchase Option, accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer endorsed
to the Company, for cancellation upon the books of the Company following
consummation of the Repurchase Option;

          (c)  the certificate or certificates representing the portion of such
Institutional Member's Class A Units to be contributed to the Company pursuant
to the Exchange, accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer endorsed to
the Company;

          (d)  a cross-receipt executed by such Institutional Member
acknowledging receipt of payment from the Company of the Repurchase Option price
for such Institutional Member's Class A Units;

          (e)  an executed counterpart of the Registration Rights Agreement; and

                                      -16-
<PAGE>
 
               (f)  such other documents as the Corporation, the Company or any
other Member may reasonably request.

               The delivery by such Institutional Member of the foregoing
documents shall be deemed to constitute a certification that such Institutional
Member has fulfilled the condition specified in Section 5.1(a) to be fulfilled
by such Institutional Member and the delivery by CIG & Co. of the foregoing
documents shall be deemed to constitute a certification that each Class B
Beneficial Owner has fulfilled the condition specified in Section 5.1(a) to be
fulfilled by such Class B Beneficial Owner.

               5.2.4  Documents Delivered by the Management Members.  Each
                      ---------------------------------------------         
Management Member shall deliver copies of the following documents to the
Corporation, the Company and each other Member at the Reorganization Closing:

               (a)  an executed counterpart of the Registration Rights
Agreement;

               (b)  the certificate or certificates representing the portion of
such Management Member's Class A Units to be contributed by such Member to the
Company pursuant to the Exchange, accompanied by appropriate instruments of
transfer endorsed to the Company; and

               (c)  a certificate dated the Reorganization Closing Date,
certifying that such Management Member has fulfilled the condition specified in
Section 5.1(a) to be fulfilled by such Management Member.

                                  ARTICLE VI

                                   COVENANTS
                                   ---------

          6.1  Restated Certificate of Incorporation.  The Corporation shall
               -------------------------------------                          
file the Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware on or before the Reorganization Closing Date.

          6.2  Consents and Waivers.  The Corporation and the Company shall use
               --------------------                                          
their best efforts to obtain as promptly as practicable, and in any event prior
to the IPO Pricing, all consents, approvals or waivers from third parties
necessary to permit them to consummate the Reorganization and the Preferred
Units Exchange.

          6.3  Further Assurances.  Each party shall execute and deliver such
               ------------------                                              
additional instruments, documents or other writings as may be reasonably
requested by any other party, before or after the Reorganization Closing Date,
in

                                      -17-
<PAGE>
 
order to confirm and carry out and to effectuate fully the intent and purposes
of this Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                       NOTE PAYMENTS AND RELATED MATTERS
                       ---------------------------------

          The Company agrees as follows with The Lincoln National Life Insurance
Company, CIG & Co. and each Class B Beneficial Owner, acting in its capacity as
a Purchaser under the Securities Purchase Agreement between it and the Company
(each reference in this Article VII to the Securities Purchase Agreement being
to such Securities Purchase Agreement) and as a record or beneficial holder of
Notes issued by the Company pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement (each
reference in this Article VII to the Notes being to such Notes), with respect to
the Securities Purchase Agreement and the Notes:

          7.1  Note Payments.  On the first to occur of the IPO Closing Date and
               -------------                                                  
the date which is the sixth business day following the Reorganization Closing
Date, the Company shall pay, or shall cause the Corporation on its behalf to
pay, the Notes, together with all accrued interest and Prepayment Premium, if
any, thereon held of record by The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and
CIG & Co. in accordance with the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, as
required by Section 8(a) of the Members' Agreement; provided, however, that, in
connection with the prepayment of the Notes pursuant to this Section 7.1, The
Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, CIG & Co. and each Class B Beneficial
Owner hereby waive the Company's compliance with provisions of the Securities
Purchase Agreement relating to notice, source of funds and other conditions to
prepayment of the Notes, to the extent such provisions are not satisfied hereby.
CIG & Co. hereby confirms to the Company that prepayment of the Notes held by
CIG & Co. shall be made in accordance with the wire instructions set forth in
Schedule A to the Securities Purchase Agreement. Prepayment of the Notes held by
The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company shall be made by wire transfer in
accordance with wire instructions furnished to the Company not later than the
business day preceding the payment date.
    
          7.2  Consent and Waiver.  The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company,
               ------------------                                          
CIG & Co. and each Class B Beneficial Owner hereby consent to (and hereby waive
any objections any of them may have under the Securities Purchase Agreement or
the Notes with respect to) the foregoing: (i) the formation and initial
capitalization of the Corporation and (assuming the accuracy of the
Corporation's representation and warranty in Section 2.7) the business and
activity of the Corporation through the date hereof; (ii) the consummation of
the IPO as described in the Registration Statement;       

                                      -18-
<PAGE>
 
     
(iii) the consummation of the Reorganization and the Note Payments pursuant
hereto; (iv) the consummation of the Preferred Units Exchange pursuant to the
Preferred Units Exchange Agreement; (v) the termination as of the Reorganization
Closing Date of the Class A Members' Agreement dated as of August 29, 1996 among
the Management Members; and (vi) the termination as of the IPO Closing Date of
the employment agreements between the Company and each of the Management
Members. The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, CIG & Co. and each Class B
Beneficial Owner also hereby waive the Company's compliance with Section 10.4(a)
of the Securities Purchase Agreement for six business days following the
Reorganization Closing Date.       

          7.3  Amendment of Securities Purchase Agreement and Notes.  Section 
               ----------------------------------------------------            
7.2 constitutes a waiver under the Securities Purchase Agreement and the Notes
that complies with the requirements of the Securities Purchase Agreement and the
Notes for a legally effective and binding amendment and waiver, including,
without limitation, the requirements of Section 17 of the Securities Purchase
Agreement.
    
          7.4  Termination of Securities Purchase Agreement. The Company, The
               --------------------------------------------                     
Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, CIG & Co. and each Class B Beneficial
Owner agree that, effective as of the time and date of the payment in full of
the amounts referred to in Section 7.1, the Securities Purchase Agreement shall
terminate (except to the extent provided in Section 15 of the Securities
Purchase Agreement) and have no further legal force or effect.       

                                 ARTICLE VIII

                           MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                           ------------------------

          8.1  No Third Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement shall not confer
               ----------------------------                                    
any rights or remedies upon any person other than the parties hereto and their
respective successors and permitted assigns.

          8.2  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, including the Schedules and
               ----------------                                                
the Exhibits hereto, the other documents delivered expressly hereby and the
Members' Agreement, the LLC Agreement and the Securities Purchase Agreements to
the extent specifically incorporated by reference herein constitute the entire
agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and
supersede any prior understandings, agreements or representations, written or
oral, by or among the parties hereto that may have related in any way to the
subject matter hereof.

          8.3  Succession and Assignment.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
               -------------------------                                    
and inure to the benefit of the parties named herein and their respective

                                      -19-
<PAGE>
 
successors and permitted assigns. No party hereto may assign either this
Agreement or any of such party's rights, interests or obligations hereunder
without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.

          8.4  Facsimile Execution; Counterparts.  This Agreement may be
               ---------------------------------                        
executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original
but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A
facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by
one or more parties hereto, and an executed copy of this Agreement may be
delivered by one or more parties hereto by facsimile or similar instantaneous
electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf
of such party can be seen, and such execution and delivery shall be considered
valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party
hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute an original of this Agreement as
well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

          8.5  Notices.  All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in
               -------                                                         
writing and shall be deemed effectively given when actually received and shall
be sent as follows: (i) by personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii)
by telex or facsimile; (iii) by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) by a nationally recognized overnight
courier, specifying next day delivery. All communications shall be sent to the
parties hereto at the respective addresses set forth below, or as notified by
any party or, from time to time at least ten days prior to the effectiveness of
such notice:

          If to the Corporation:

               Trex Company, Inc.
               20 South Cameron Street
               Winchester, VA  22601
               Attn.: Anthony J. Cavanna
               Fax:   (540) 678-0886

          If to the Company:

               TREX Company, LLC
               20 South Cameron Street
               Winchester, VA  22601
               Attn.: Anthony J. Cavanna
               Fax:   (540) 678-0886

                                      -20-
<PAGE>
 
               If to CIG & Co. and any Class B Beneficial Owner:

               c/o CIGNA Investments, Inc.
               900 Cottage Grove Road
               Hartford, CT  06152-2307
               Attn: Private Securities Division S-307
               Fax: (860) 726-7203

          If to The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company:

               200 East Berry Street
               Renaissance Square
               Fort Wayne, Indiana 46802

          If to any Management Member:

               c/o Trex Company, Inc.
               20 South Cameron Street
               Winchester, VA 22601
               Fax:   (540) 678-0886

          8.6  GOVERNING LAW.  ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION,
               -------------                                               
VALIDITY AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS
OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          8.7  Amendments and Waivers.  No amendment of any provision of this
               ----------------------                                          
Agreement shall be valid unless such amendment shall be in writing and signed by
all of the parties hereto. No waiver by any party of any default,
misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether
intentional or not, shall be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent
default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or
affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such
occurrence. No such waiver shall be effective unless in a writing duly executed
by the party from whom the waiver is sought.

          8.8  Severability.  Each term and provision of this Agreement shall be
               ------------                                                    
construed to be valid and enforceable to the full extent permitted by law. Any
term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any
situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
the remaining terms and

                                      -21-
<PAGE>
 
provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or
provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

          8.9  Interpretation.   The language used in this Agreement shall be
               --------------                                                  
deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent,
and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party. The
various Article and Section headings are inserted for purposes of reference only
and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any
provision hereof.

          8.10 Specific Performance.  Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees
               --------------------                                       
that the other parties hereto would be damaged irreparably in the event any of
the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their
specific terms or otherwise are breached. Accordingly, each party hereto agrees
that the other parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to
prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically
this Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof in any action instituted in
any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the
parties and the matter, in addition to any other remedy to which the other
parties may be entitled at law or in equity.

          8.11 Obligations Several and Not Joint.  The obligations of the 
               ---------------------------------                           
parties under this Agreement are several and not joint, and no party hereto
shall be liable for any act or omission of any other party hereto.

          8.12 Termination of Agreement.  This Agreement shall terminate and be
               ------------------------                                       
of no further force or effect if the IPO Pricing does not occur on or before
June 30, 1999; provided, however, that no termination of this Agreement pursuant
to this Section 8.12 shall relieve any party hereto of any liability for any
default by such party hereunder occurring prior to such termination.

                                      -22-
<PAGE>
 
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as
of the date first written above.
   
                                    CORPORATION:

                                    TREX COMPANY, INC.

                                        
                                    By: /s/ Robert G. Matheny
                                        ________________________
                                    Name: Robert G. Matheny
                                    Title:President

                                    COMPANY: 

                                    TREX COMPANY, LLC


                                    By: /s/ Robert G. Matheny
                                        ________________________
                                    Name: Robert G. Matheny
                                    Title:President     

                                    INSTITUTIONAL MEMBERS:

                                    CIG & CO.

    
                                    By: /s/ Stephen A. Osborn
                                        ________________________
                                    Name: Stephen A. Osborn
                                    Title: Partner       

                                      -23-
<PAGE>
 
                                    THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE
                                    INSURANCE COMPANY

                                    By:  Lincoln Investment Management
                                           Company, its Attorney-in-Fact
    

                                    By: /s/ R. Gordon Marsh
                                       --------------------------- 
                                    Name:  R. Gordon Marsh
                                    Title: Vice President

                                    CLASS B BENEFICIAL OWNERS:

                                    CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE
                                    INSURANCE COMPANY, on behalf of 
                                    one or more separate accounts

                                    By:  CIGNA Investments, Inc.,
                                          authorized agent


                                    By: /s/ Stephen A. Osborn
                                       --------------------------- 
                                    Name:  Stephen A. Osborn
                                    Title: Managing Director

                                    CONNECTICUT GENERAL LIFE
                                    INSURANCE COMPANY

                                    By:  CIGNA Investments, Inc.,
                                          authorized agent


                                    By: /s/ Stephen A. Osborn
                                       --------------------------- 
                                    Name:  Stephen A. Osborn
                                    Title: Managing Director

                                    LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF
                                    NORTH AMERICA

                                    By:  CIGNA Investments, Inc.,
                                          authorized agent

                                    By: /s/ Stephen A. Osborn
                                       --------------------------- 
                                    Name:  Stephen A. Osborn
                                    Title: Managing Director
     
                                      -24-
<PAGE>
 
                                    MANAGEMENT MEMBERS:

                                    /s/ Anthony J. Cavanna
                                    _______________________________
                                    Anthony J. Cavanna

                                    /s/ Andrew U. Ferrari
                                    _______________________________
                                    Andrew U. Ferrari

                                    /s/ Robert G. Matheny
                                    _______________________________
                                    Robert G. Matheny

                                    /s/ Roger A. Wittenberg
                                    ________________________________
                                    Roger A. Wittenberg

                                      -25-

<PAGE>
 
                                                        Exhibit 10.13


         
                                    CONSENT
                                    -------
                                      AND
                                      ---
                                 AMENDMENT TO
                                 -------------

                              MEMBERS' AGREEMENT
                              ------------------

                                        
                                 

          THIS CONSENT AND AMENDMENT TO MEMBERS' AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is
                                                                  ---------     
made as of the 19th day of March, 1999, by and among TREX Company, LLC (the
                                                                           
"Company"), those persons identified on the signature pages hereof as members
- --------                                                                     
(hereinafter referred to individually as a "Member," and collectively as the
                                            ------                          
"Members") and those persons identified on the signature pages hereof as
- --------                                                                
beneficial owners (hereinafter referred to individually as a "Class B Beneficial
                                                              ------------------
Owner" and collectively as the "Class B Beneficial Owners").
- -----                           -------------------------   

                                   Recitals
                                   --------


          A.  In connection with the capitalization of the Company on August 29,
1996, the Company, the Members and the Class B Beneficial Owners entered into
certain agreements, including (i) the Members' Agreement dated as of August 29,
1996 among the Company, the Members and the Class B Beneficial Owners (as
amended as of June 15, 1998, the "Agreement"); (ii) the Limited Liability
                                  ---------                              
Company Agreement dated as of August 29, 1996 among the Members, the Class B
Beneficial Owners and Mobil Oil  Corporation (the "Preferred Member") (as
                                                   ----------------      
amended as of the date hereof, the "LLC Agreement"); and (iii) the Securities
                                    -------------                            
Purchase Agreements dated as of August 29, 1996 between the Company and certain
of the Members and the Class B Beneficial Owners (as amended as of March 1,
1997, as of December 15, 1997 and as of the date hereof, the "Securities
                                                              ----------
Purchase Agreements").
- -------------------   

          B.  As of the date hereof, the Company owns all of the issued and
outstanding common stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), of Trex
                                                         ------------           
Company, Inc. (the "Corporation").
                    -----------   

          C.  The Corporation has filed a registration statement with the
Securities and Exchange Commission covering the initial public offering of the
Common Stock by the Corporation and certain of its stockholders (the "IPO")
                                                                      ---  
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          D.  In order to facilitate the IPO, the Corporation, the Company, the
Members and the Class B Beneficial Owners have entered into a Contribution and
Exchange Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the "Exchange Agreement")
                                                     ------------------  
pursuant to which they intend to complete the following series of transactions
(collectively, the "Reorganization") prior to the IPO in accordance with the
                    --------------                                          
Agreement as amended hereby, the LLC Agreement and the Securities Purchase
Agreements:  (i) the  Company will make a special cash distribution to the
Members, which distribution will consist in part of a return of capital of the
Members and in part of an 
<PAGE>
 
amount equal to the previously recognized and undistributed taxable income of
the Members on which the Members have paid or will pay income tax; (ii) the
Members of the Company holding of record Class B Units of the Company will
convert all issued and outstanding Class B Units into the same number of a new
issue of Class A Units of the Company and will be admitted to the Company as 
Class A Members of the Company (the "Class A Members"); (iii) the Company will 
                                     ---------------
exercise an option granted to the Company in Section 8 of the Agreement to 
repurchase a portion of such newly issued Class A Units from such Class A 
Members; (iv) the Class A Members will contribute all of the issued and 
outstanding Class A Units to the Corporation in exchange for Common Stock, 
such Class A Members will cease to be members of the Company and the 
Corporation will be admitted to the Company as a Class A Member; and (v) the 
Company will pay, or will cause the Corporation on its behalf to pay, all
amounts owing under the Securities Purchase Agreements, including all amounts
owing under all outstanding senior notes and subordinated notes issued pursuant
to the Securities Purchase Agreements.

          E.  Concurrently with the consummation of the Reorganization, the
Preferred Member will exchange all of the outstanding Preferred Units of the
Company for a promissory note of the Corporation (the "Preferred Units
                                                       ---------------
Exchange") pursuant to a Preferred Units Exchange Agreement dated as of the date
hereof among the Corporation, the Company and the Preferred Member (the
                                                                       
"Preferred Units Exchange Agreement"), the Preferred Member will cease to be a
- -----------------------------------                                           
member of the Company and the Corporation will be admitted to the Company as a
preferred member.

          F.  In connection with the Reorganization, the Common Stock held by
the Company will be canceled.

          G.  Upon consummation of the Reorganization and the Preferred Units
Exchange, the Corporation will own 100% of the limited liability company
interests of the Company and will operate the Company as its wholly-owned
subsidiary.

          H.  Following the Reorganization and the Preferred Units Exchange, the
Corporation will consummate the IPO.

          I.  The Company, the Members and the Class B Beneficial Owners wish to
amend the Agreement to set forth herein their agreement concerning the
Reorganization, the Preferred Units Exchange and related matters and to consent
to the consummation of the Reorganization and the Preferred Units Exchange and
to the taking of other actions hereinafter set forth.

                                   Agreement
                                   ---------

          1.  Defined Terms.  Capitalized terms used but not defined in this
              -------------                                                 
Amendment, including the recitals hereof, shall have the meanings given to such
terms in the Agreement.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
 
          2.  Amendment of Section 10.  The definition of "Public Market Date"
              -----------------------                                         
in Section 10 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such definition in
its entirety and replacing it with the following:
    
          "Public Market Date -- means the first day upon which Common Units of
          the Company have been sold by the Company and for the Company's own
          account in one or more public offerings specified in either clause (i)
          or clause (ii):  (i) a public offering pursuant to registration
          statement no. 333-63287 filed with the SEC in which the offering price
          per Common Unit equals or exceeds $10.00, provided that the gross cash
          proceeds received by the Company and for the Company's own account as
          a result of such sale pursuant to this clause (i) equals or exceeds
          $40,000,000; or (ii) one or more public offerings pursuant to a
          registration statement or registration statements filed with the SEC
          pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act, in which the
          aggregate gross cash proceeds received by the Company and for the
          Company's own account as a result of such sale or sales pursuant to
          this clause (ii) equals or exceeds $40,000,000.  For purposes of
          clarification, the reference to "Company" for purposes of clause (i)
          shall mean Trex Company, Inc. and the reference to "Common Units" for
          purposes of clause (i) shall mean common stock of Trex Company, Inc." 
     

          3.  Amendment of Section 10.  The following definition is hereby added
              -----------------------                                           
to Section 10 of the Agreement:

          "holder -- means, at any time, the record holder at such time."

          4.  Amendment of Section 11.  Section 11 of the Agreement is hereby
              -----------------------                                        
amended by adding the provisions set forth below as new Section 11.12, new
Section 11.13 and new Section 11.14:

          11.12  Ratification of Transfers of Issuable Units.  Notwithstanding
                 -------------------------------------------                  
          any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, including, without
          limitation, Sections 3.1, 7.1 and 7.2, the transfer of record
          ownership of Class B Units from the Class B Beneficial Owners (as
          defined in the Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended) to CIG
          & Co. (to the extent that such transactions were transfers covered by
          this Agreement), the transfer of record and beneficial ownership of
          333 Class B Units from CIG & Co., as record holder of Class B Units
          for the benefit of Connecticut General Life Insurance Company, to The
          Lincoln National Life Insurance Company occurring on May 8, 1998, and
          all other transfers of record and/or beneficial ownership of Class 

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
 
          B Units among the Class B Members (as defined in the Limited Liability
          Company Agreement, as amended) and/or the Class B Beneficial Owners
          are hereby consented to, approved and ratified in all respects.  CIG &
          Co. and The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company hereby agree to be
          bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

          11.13  Reorganization and Related Transactions.
                 --------------------------------------- 

          Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary,
          including, without limitation, Sections 3.1, 5.5, 7.1 and 7.2, and
          except as provided in the next sentence of this Section 11.13, the
          Company, the Members (as defined in the Limited Liability Company
          Agreement, as amended) and the Class B Beneficial Owners may adopt,
          enter into, and execute, deliver, acknowledge and perform, (i) the
          Contribution and Exchange Agreement dated as of March 19, 1999 among
          the Company, the Members and the Class B Beneficial Owners (the
          "Exchange Agreement"), (ii) the Preferred Units Exchange Agreement
          dated as of March 19, 1999 among the Company, Trex Company, Inc. and
          Mobil Oil Corporation, (iii) the Agreement to Terminate Employment
          Agreement dated as of March 19, 1999 between the Company and Anthony
          J. Cavanna, (iv) the Agreement to Terminate Employment Agreement dated
          as of March 19, 1999 between the Company and Robert G. Matheny, (v)
          the Agreement to Terminate Employment Agreement dated as of March 19,
          1999 between the Company and Andrew U. Ferrari, (vi) the Agreement to
          Terminate Employment Agreement dated as of March 19, 1999 between the
          Company and Roger A. Wittenberg, (vii) any amendments to the
          agreements referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above and (viii)
          any and all agreements, instruments or other documents necessary or
          desirable to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the
          agreements referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above, as such
          agreements may be further amended, all without any further act, vote
          or approval of the Members or any other person and without complying
          with the terms of this Agreement.  Except as expressly provided
          otherwise in the Exchange Agreement, the Company shall comply with the
          terms of Section 8 in connection with the Company's repurchase of
          Bundled Securities pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.

          11.14  Termination of Agreement.  Notwithstanding any provision of
                 ------------------------                                   
          this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall terminate in its
          entirety on the Public Market Date 

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
 
          and shall have no further force or effect from and after the 
          Public Market Date.

          5.  Consent and Approval.  To the extent required by the Agreement,
              --------------------                                           
the parties hereto hereby consent to and approve (i) the Exchange Agreement and
the Preferred Units Exchange Agreement and the transactions contemplated by the
Exchange Agreement and the Preferred Units Exchange Agreement, including,
without limitation, the Reorganization and the Preferred Units Exchange, (ii)
the termination as of the Reorganization closing date of the Class A Members'
Agreement dated as of August 29, 1996 among the Class A Members, (iii) the
termination as of the IPO closing date of the employment agreements dated as of
August 29, 1996 between the Company and each of the Class A Members, (iv) the
formation and initial capitalization of the Corporation, (v) the activity and
business of the Corporation through the date hereof and (vi) the IPO.

          6.  No Other Amendment.  Except as expressly set forth in this
              ------------------                                        
Amendment, the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect in
accordance with its terms.

          7.  Governing Law.  It is the intent of the parties hereto that all
              -------------                                                  
questions with respect to the construction of this Amendment and the rights and
liabilities of the parties shall be determined in accordance with the provisions
of the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the choice of law
rules thereof.

          8.  Amendment in Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in
              -------------------------                                    
several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which shall constitute one and the same instrument.  In addition, this Amendment
may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Amendment
may be executed by the affixing of the signatures of each of the Company, the
Members and the Class B Beneficial Owners to one of such counterpart signature
pages; all of such signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall
have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single
signature page.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
 
                                TREX COMPANY, LLC


                                By: /s/ Robert G. Matheny
                                  -----------------------
                                Name:  Robert G. Matheny
                                Its:  President

                                MEMBERS:


                                /s/  Anthony J. Cavanna
                                ------------------------
                                Anthony J. Cavanna


                                /s/  Roger A. Wittenberg
                                -------------------------
                                Roger A. Wittenberg


                                /s/  Robert G. Matheny
                                ------------------------
                                Robert G. Matheny


                                /s/  Andrew U. Ferrari
                                -----------------------
                                Andrew U. Ferrari

    

                                CIG & Co.


                                By: /s/ Stephen A. Osborn
                                  -----------------------
                                Name: Stephen A. Osborn
                                Its:  Partner       

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
 
     
                              The Lincoln National Life Insurance
                                Company

                              By:  Lincoln Investment Management
                                    Company, its Attorney-in-Fact


                              By: /s/ R. Gordon Marsh
                                 ----------------------------------
                              Name: R. Gordon Marsh
                              Its: Vice President


                              CLASS B BENEFICIAL OWNERS:

                              Connecticut General Life Insurance Company
                                (on behalf of one or more separate accounts)

                              By:  CIGNA Investments, Inc., authorized agent


                              By: /s/ Stephen A. Osborn
                                 ----------------------------------
                              Name: Stephen A. Osborn
                              Its: Managing Director

                              Connecticut General Life Insurance
                                Company

                              By:  CIGNA Investments, Inc., authorized agent


                              By: /s/ Stephen A. Osborn
                                 ----------------------------------
                              Name: Stephen A. Osborn
                              Its: Managing Director



                              Life Insurance Company of North
                                 America


                              By:  CIGNA Investments, Inc., authorized agent



                              By: /s/ Stephen A. Osborn
                                 ----------------------------------
                              Name: Stephen A. Osborn
                              Its: Managing Director

     
                                      -7-

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   Exhibit 10.15
 
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD UNLESS
REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR UNLESS SUCH OFFER OR SALE ARE EXEMPT
FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.

                                                                                
                         NON-NEGOTIABLE PROMISSORY NOTE
                                        
$970,000.00                                                        April 7, 1999


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, TREX Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(the "Maker"), promises to pay to Robert G. Matheny (the "Payee") at 20 South
Cameron Street, Winchester, VA 22601, or at such other place as the Payee may
designate in writing, the amount of nine hundred seventy thousand dollars and no
cents ($970,000.00).

     This Note shall not bear interest unless not paid in full when due.  If
this Note is not paid in full when due, the unpaid amount of this Note shall
bear interest at a rate of 10% per annum.

     This Note shall be payable in full on April 15, 1999

     The Maker may prepay the unpaid amount of this Note in whole or in part at
any time and from time to time without notice, premium or penalty.

     All payments hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States
of America.

     This is the Note referred to in the Contribution and Exchange Agreement
dated as of March 19, 1999 by and among the Maker, the Payee and the other
parties named therein.

     This Note is unsecured.

     The Maker hereby waives demand, presentment, protest, and notice of demand,
presentment, protest and nonpayment.

     If this Note is not paid when due, the Maker promises to pay all reasonable
costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by the Payee
in connection with the enforcement of this Note, whether or not suit is filed.

     Any term or provision of this Note that is invalid or unenforceable in any
situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of
the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other
jurisdiction.

     This Note may not be changed orally but only by an agreement in writing
signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification
or discharge is sought expressly referencing this Note and such party's intent
that such waiver, change, modification or discharge be effected.

     This Note shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia, but not including the choice of law rules thereof.

     This Note is not negotiable.

                                      MAKER:
                                      ----- 

                                      TREX COMPANY, LLC



                                      By: /s/ Anthony J. Cavanna
                                         -----------------------
                                      Name: Anthony J. Cavanna
                                      Title:   Chief Financial Officer


<PAGE>
 
                                                                   Exhibit 10.16
 
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD UNLESS
REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR UNLESS SUCH OFFER OR SALE ARE EXEMPT
FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.

                                                                                
                         NON-NEGOTIABLE PROMISSORY NOTE
                                        
$979,000.00                                                        April 7, 1999


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, TREX Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(the "Maker"), promises to pay to Anthony J. Cavanna (the "Payee") at 20 South
Cameron Street, Winchester, VA 22601, or at such other place as the Payee may
designate in writing, the amount of nine hundred seventy nine thousand dollars
and no cents ($979,000.00).

     This Note shall not bear interest unless not paid in full when due.  If
this Note is not paid in full when due, the unpaid amount of this Note shall
bear interest at a rate of 10% per annum.

     This Note shall be payable in full on April 15, 1999.

     The Maker may prepay the unpaid amount of this Note in whole or in part at
any time and from time to time without notice, premium or penalty.

     All payments hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States
of America.

     This is the Note referred to in the Contribution and Exchange Agreement
dated as of March 19, 1999 by and among the Maker, the Payee and the other
parties named therein.

     This Note is unsecured.

     The Maker hereby waives demand, presentment, protest, and notice of demand,
presentment, protest and nonpayment.

     If this Note is not paid when due, the Maker promises to pay all reasonable
costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by the Payee
in connection with the enforcement of this Note, whether or not suit is filed.

     Any term or provision of this Note that is invalid or unenforceable in any
situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of
the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other
jurisdiction.

     This Note may not be changed orally but only by an agreement in writing
signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification
or discharge is sought expressly referencing this Note and such party's intent
that such waiver, change, modification or discharge be effected.

     This Note shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia, but not including the choice of law rules thereof.

     This Note is not negotiable.

                                      MAKER:
                                      ----- 

                                      TREX COMPANY, LLC



                                      By: /s/ Robert G. Matheny
                                         ----------------------
                                      Name: Robert G. Matheny
                                      Title:   President


<PAGE>
 
                                                                   Exhibit 10.17
 
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD UNLESS
REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR UNLESS SUCH OFFER OR SALE ARE EXEMPT
FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.

                                                                                
                         NON-NEGOTIABLE PROMISSORY NOTE
                                        
$990,000.00                                                        April 7, 1999


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, TREX Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(the "Maker"), promises to pay to Andrew U. Ferrari (the "Payee") at 20 South
Cameron Street, Winchester, VA 22601, or at such other place as the Payee may
designate in writing, the amount of nine hundred ninety thousand dollars and no
cents ($990,000.00).

     This Note shall not bear interest unless not paid in full when due.  If
this Note is not paid in full when due, the unpaid amount of this Note shall
bear interest at a rate of 10% per annum.

     This Note shall be payable in full on April 15, 1999.

     The Maker may prepay the unpaid amount of this Note in whole or in part at
any time and from time to time without notice, premium or penalty.

     All payments hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States
of America.

     This is the Note referred to in the Contribution and Exchange Agreement
dated as of March 19, 1999 by and among the Maker, the Payee and the other
parties named therein.

     This Note is unsecured.

     The Maker hereby waives demand, presentment, protest, and notice of demand,
presentment, protest and nonpayment.

     If this Note is not paid when due, the Maker promises to pay all reasonable
costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by the Payee
in connection with the enforcement of this Note, whether or not suit is filed.

     Any term or provision of this Note that is invalid or unenforceable in any
situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of
the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other
jurisdiction.

     This Note may not be changed orally but only by an agreement in writing
signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification
or discharge is sought expressly referencing this Note and such party's intent
that such waiver, change, modification or discharge be effected.

     This Note shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia, but not including the choice of law rules thereof.

     This Note is not negotiable.

                                      MAKER:
                                      ----- 

                                      TREX COMPANY, LLC



                                      By: /s/ Robert G. Matheny
                                         ----------------------
                                      Name: Robert G. Matheny
                                      Title:   President


<PAGE>
 
                                                                   Exhibit 10.18
 
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD UNLESS
REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS OR UNLESS SUCH OFFER OR SALE ARE EXEMPT
FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.

                                                                                
                         NON-NEGOTIABLE PROMISSORY NOTE
                                        
$991,000.00                                                        April 7, 1999


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, TREX Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(the "Maker"), promises to pay to Roger A. Wittenberg (the "Payee") at 20 South
Cameron Street, Winchester, VA 22601, or at such other place as the Payee may
designate in writing, the amount of nine hundred ninety one thousand dollars
and no cents ($991,000.00).

     This Note shall not bear interest unless not paid in full when due.  If
this Note is not paid in full when due, the unpaid amount of this Note shall
bear interest at a rate of 10% per annum.

     This Note shall be payable in full on April 15, 1999.

     The Maker may prepay the unpaid amount of this Note in whole or in part at
any time and from time to time without notice, premium or penalty.

     All payments hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States
of America.

     This is the Note referred to in the Contribution and Exchange Agreement
dated as of March 19, 1999 by and among the Maker, the Payee and the other
parties named therein.

     This Note is unsecured.

     The Maker hereby waives demand, presentment, protest, and notice of demand,
presentment, protest and nonpayment.

     If this Note is not paid when due, the Maker promises to pay all reasonable
costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by the Payee
in connection with the enforcement of this Note, whether or not suit is filed.

     Any term or provision of this Note that is invalid or unenforceable in any
situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of
the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other
jurisdiction.

     This Note may not be changed orally but only by an agreement in writing
signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification
or discharge is sought expressly referencing this Note and such party's intent
that such waiver, change, modification or discharge be effected.

     This Note shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the
Commonwealth of Virginia, but not including the choice of law rules thereof.

     This Note is not negotiable.

                                      MAKER:
                                      ----- 

                                      TREX COMPANY, LLC



                                      By: /s/ Robert G. Matheny
                                         ----------------------
                                      Name: Robert G. Matheny
                                      Title:   President


<PAGE>
 
                                                                      Exhibit 21

                        Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Name                    Jurisdiction of Organization
- ----                    ----------------------------

TREX Company, LLC       Delaware



<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 23.1

                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
    
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our reports with respect to the financial statements of: Trex Company,
Inc. dated January 27, 1999 (except for the first paragraph of Note 1, as to
which the date is March 22, 1999); TREX Company, LLC dated January 21, 1999
(except for Note 11, as to which the date is April 7, 1999, and Note 12, as to
which the date is February 8, 1999); and the Mobil Composite Products Division
of Mobil Oil Corporation dated June 24, 1998, in Amendment No. 5 to the
Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-63287) and related Prospectus of Trex
Company, Inc. for the registration of 4,718,450 shares of its common stock.     

                                                           /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
    
Vienna, Virginia
April 7, 1999       







© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission